JP2019118513A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of increasing a player's degree of attention to a game by expanding the player's options.SOLUTION: A game machine includes a rotary generator 53E permitting entry of game balls flowing down a game area on the basis of a result of an internal lottery executed based on entry of game balls into start ball entry means. The rotary generator 53E includes: a round game execute game for permitting entry of game balls entering the rotary generator 53E and controlling a game in a specific control state on the basis of entry of game balls; and a replay gate that permits entry of game balls entering the rotary generator 53E and controls a game in a specific control state on the basis of entry of game balls so as to differ from control of a game in a specific control state by the round game execution gate.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 71

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine.

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1). The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

JP 2005-074175 A

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine which can widen the player's options and can improve the player's attention to the game.

  The gaming machine of the present invention has a launching means for firing the gaming ball toward the gaming area formed on the front of the gaming board and a gaming ball capable of flowing down the gaming area capable of entering the ball, and internal lottery when entering the gaming ball The game state transition to transition the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player, based on the result of the internal lottery performed on the basis of the starting ball entering means to execute and the ball entry to the starting ball entering means A game machine having a game unit, and a variable ball entry device that enables the game ball to flow down the game area to be able to enter the ball based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the game ball entry to the starting ball entry means A variable ball entry means capable of entering the game ball having entered the variable ball entry means, and a specific ball entry unit for controlling the game in the specific control state based on the ball entry of the game ball, and the variable ball entry means It is possible to enter the game ball that entered the means, specified by the specific ball entry Differently from the control of the control status game, characterized by comprising a non-specific ball entrance unit for controlling the game of the specific control state based on the input sphere game ball.

  According to the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention Front view of the game board The figure which expanded the vicinity of the right side variable ball entry mechanism Diagram showing the movement of the game ball in the discharge route and the lone route A view of the vicinity of the Kroon seen from above A non-electric role seen from the back of the game board The figure which expanded the vicinity of the non-electric role thing The figure which expanded the vicinity of the non-electric role thing Side view of the non-electric role Figure showing the display screen of the symbol display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery Figure showing a success or failure table that stores the value of the random number to win the jackpot occurrence Diagram showing the distribution table that stores the value of the random number related to the distribution destination of the type of jackpot Figure showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing Figure showing a flowchart of the winning process for the round game execution gate The figure which shows the flowchart of winning a prize processing for the operation mouth Diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing Diagram showing the flowchart of the main process Figure showing a flowchart of the game control process Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation start processing Figure showing a flowchart of the game state transition process Figure showing the flowchart of the round number setting process Figure showing the flowchart of the winning opening opening and closing process Figure showing the flowchart of the winning opening opening process Diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the voice emission control device and the display control device A diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device Diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process Figure showing a flowchart of the process of determining the number of rounds Diagram showing the relationship between gaming results and gaming state etc. The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of non-opening of a non-motor-related goods, a non-motor-related role, and the right variable ball entering mechanism The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display apparatus at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of opening of a non-electric role thing, a non-electric role thing, and the right variable ball entering mechanism Front view of a game board according to a second embodiment of the present invention An exploded perspective view of the vicinity of the Kroon seen from an oblique upper side Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of non-opening of a non-motor-related goods, a non-motor-related role, and the right variable ball entering mechanism A perspective view showing a flow in which gaming balls are guided to the discharge passage after entering the four-round execution gate The perspective view which shows the flow to which a game ball is guided to a communication passage, after entering a ball to a 4 round execution gate. The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of non-opening of a non-motor-related goods, a non-motor-related role, and the right variable ball entering mechanism A perspective view showing a flow in which gaming balls are guided to the discharge passage after entering the 16 round execution gate. A perspective view showing a flow in which gaming balls are guided to the communication passage after entering the 16 round execution gate Front view of a game board according to a third embodiment of the present invention An exploded perspective view of the vicinity of the Kroon seen from an oblique upper side The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of non-opening of a non-motor-related goods, a non-motor-related role, and the right variable ball entering mechanism Top view of Clune when entry to the 4 round execution gate occurs The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of non-opening of a non-motor-related goods, a non-motor-related role, and the right variable ball entering mechanism Top view of Kroon when entry to the 16 round execution gate occurs Front view of a game board according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention A view of the vicinity of the Kroon seen from above Front view of a game board according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention Diagram showing the internal structure of non-motorized parts A diagram showing the internal structure of the non-motorized part when the ball enters the 16 round execution gate A diagram showing the internal structure of a non-motorized part when the ball enters the non-motorized part A diagram showing the internal structure of the non-motorized part after ball entry into the non-motorized part has occurred The enlarged view of the crown according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention as viewed from above Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the voice emission control device and the display control device Figure showing a flowchart of the winning process for the round game execution gate Figure showing the flowchart of the round number setting process Figure showing a flowchart of setting processing for the round game execution gate Diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process Figure showing the flowchart of the decision processing of the round game execution gate The figure which shows an example of the decision processing of execution gate decision production, and execution gate decision production The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of non-opening of a non-motor-related goods, a non-motor-related role, and the right variable ball entering mechanism A diagram showing another example of determination processing of execution gate determination effect and execution gate determination effect The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of non-opening of a non-motor-related goods, a non-motor-related role, and the right variable ball entering mechanism The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display apparatus at the time of transfering to opening / closing execution mode at the time of opening of a non-electric role thing, a non-electric role thing, and the right variable ball entering mechanism The figure which shows the flowchart of the setting process for the round game execution gate which concerns on 7th Embodiment of this invention. Figure showing the flowchart of the decision processing of the round game execution gate The figure which shows an example of the decision processing of execution gate decision production, and execution gate decision production The figure which shows the flowchart of the prize-winning process for the round game execution gate which concerns on 8th Embodiment of this invention. Figure showing the flowchart of the round number setting process Figure showing the flowchart of the decision processing of the round game execution gate Diagram showing gate reset effect The figure which shows an example of the determination process of execution gate decision production after performing gate reset production, and execution gate decision production Front view of a game board according to a modification of the present invention The figure which expanded the vicinity of the right side variable ball entry mechanism The figure which shows the timing chart of opening and closing of a blade member, a valve main body, and a plate at the time of shifting to opening / closing execution mode.

First Embodiment
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko gaming machine which is a type of gaming machine. The pachinko machine 10 is, as shown in FIG. 1, an outer frame 11 forming an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main body rotatably attached to the front (front side) with respect to the outer frame 11. It has 12 and.

  The gaming machine main body 12 is disposed at the front of the inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions as a support side, The front door frame 13 supported by the inner frame so as to be able to turn forward with one of the parts as the support side and the rear of the inner frame, and one of the left and right side parts is the rear as the support side And a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be pivotable to the inside.

  The gaming machine main body 12 is provided with a locking device (not shown) provided at its rotating tip. This locking device has a function of making the gaming machine main body 12 in a locking state that can not be opened with respect to the outer frame 11, and a function of making the front door frame 13 a locking state that can not be opened with respect to the inner frame. Have. These locked states are released by performing an unlocking operation on the cylinder lock 14 provided exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlocking key.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted in the window 21. In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is formed to be colorless and transparent of glass, but may be formed to be colorless and transparent of synthetic resin or the like.
Further, the front door frame 13 is a display lamp portion 23 provided above the window portion 21 as a part of light emitting means constituted by various lamp portions provided around the window portion 21, and a display lamp portion 23 are provided on both the left and right sides, and are provided with a speaker portion 24 for outputting sound effects etc. according to the game situation, and an upper bulging portion 25 and a lower bulging portion 26 provided below the window portion 21 There is.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are vertically juxtaposed, and both bulging forward.
The upper bulging portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided on the inside so as to open upward. The upper tray 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 11) provided in the back pack unit, and aligns in a line to the game ball launch mechanism 81 (see FIG. 11) side It has a function to lead.
The lower bulging portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided on the inside so as to open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing the game balls surplus in the upper tray 25a.

  Furthermore, the front door frame 13 is provided with a firing handle 27 as a launching means provided on the right side of the lower tray 26a. The shooting handle 27 is operated by the player of the pachinko machine 10 to shoot game balls from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward the game area provided above the inner frame. Do. The launch handle 27 changes the launch intensity of the gaming ball launched to the game area, that is, the momentum of launch, by changing the amount of rotational operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 31 has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on the inner frame. The game area described above is formed on the game board 31 so as to be divided by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33. The game area can be viewed from the front substantially throughout the window 21.
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 constitute an induction rail 34 of the gaming ball to the game area, and this induction rail 34 is ejected from the gaming ball ejection mechanism 81 when the player rotates the ejection handle 27. Guide the played game ball to the top of the game area.

  The guide rail 34 is formed so that its outlet portion is disposed on one side of the game area and faces the upper center of the game area. Therefore, the arrival position of the game ball at the upper part of the game area is the side opposite to the side on which the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed, as the amount of rotational operation of the launch handle 27 by the player increases. Shift to the side. In the present embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

  The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings formed in the back and forth direction by being subjected to router processing in the game area. Also, the game board 31 has a general winning opening 35 provided at each opening, an upper operation opening (first start entry ball) 36, a lower operation opening (second start entry ball) 37, a variable winning device 38, It has an out port 39 and a non-motor-operated item 51. This non-electric role thing 51 is provided on the lower right side of the general winning opening 35. In addition, the game board 31 has an opening 311 provided on the lower right side of the lower operation opening 37 and an opening 312 provided on the lower side of the non-electric role object 51. In addition, the game board 31 includes a through gate 41 provided on each of the central left and central right, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right, and a variable display unit 43 provided in the central. Have. Furthermore, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 installed to disperse or adjust the falling direction of the game balls appropriately, and various members (features) such as a windmill in the game area ing.

  Each of the general winning opening 35, the upper operation opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, and the various winning openings of the variable winning device 38 has detection sensors 40a to 40d (see FIG. 11) for detecting the entering of the game ball, The detection sensors 40 a to 40 d are disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the general winning opening 35 has a detection sensor 40a, the upper operation opening 36 has a detection sensor 40b, the lower operation opening 37 has a detection sensor 40c, and the variable winning device 38 has a detection sensor 40d. Is equipped. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40a to 40d. The detection sensors 40a to 40d may be of any type as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor can be adopted.

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 executes payout of ten winning balls when entering the general winning opening 35 occurs. The pachinko machine 10 executes the payout of three winning balls when entering the upper operating port 36 occurs and when entering the lower operating port 37 occurs. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of fifteen winning balls when entering the variable winning device 38 occurs. In addition, the number of these prize balls is arbitrary, for example, you may make the number of prize balls of each operation opening 36 and 37 differ.

  The out port 39 is provided at the lowermost part of the game area of the game board 31. The game balls that have not entered the various winning openings and the like are discharged from the game area through the out port 39. In addition, the out port 39 is provided with a detection sensor 40e (see FIG. 11) for detecting entry of the game ball, and the detection sensor 40e is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the out port 39 occurs, unlike when entering the various winning ports.

The non-electric role thing 51 is provided on the lower left side of the game area of the game board 31. Further, the non-electric role thing 51 is provided with a detection sensor 40f (see FIG. 11) for detecting the entering of the game ball, and this detection sensor 40f is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the non-electric role object 51 occurs, unlike when entering the various winning openings. The non-motor-driven role piece 51 will be described in detail later.
In addition, the player left-hands the rotational operation amount of the firing handle 27 to the middle, and the reaching position of the gaming ball in the upper part of the gaming area is from the side of the side of the guidance rail 34 where the exit portion is formed. By shifting to the upper left, the gaming ball can be guided to the upper operating opening 36, the non-electric role 51, etc. (left-handed route).

  Each through gate 41 is provided with a detection sensor 40g (see FIG. 11) for detecting the entering of the game ball, and the detection sensor 40g is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the respective through gates 41, unlike when entering the various winning openings.

  Here, entering the ball means that the game ball passes through the predetermined opening, and is discharged from the game area after passing through the opening as well as being discharged from the game area after passing through the opening Also includes an aspect of continuing the flow of the game area without. However, in the following description, in order to be clearly distinguished from the entry of the game ball into the out port 39, the entry of the game ball into various winning openings is also expressed as a winning. Further, entering the through gate 41 means continuing the flow of the game area without being discharged from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. The entry into the through gate 41 is also expressed as a prize as in the entry into the various winning openings.

  The upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 are unitized as an operating opening device and installed on the game board 31. The respective operation openings 36 and 37 open upward together to allow the game balls flowing down the game area to enter and enable the upper operation opening 36 to be disposed upward and the lower operation opening 37 to be disposed downward. Vertically aligned. The lower operation port 37 has a motorized part 37a as a guide piece (support piece) constituted by a pair of left and right movable pieces.

  The motorized jack 37a is connected to a motorized prize drive 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. The motorized part 37a is driven by the motorized part drive unit 37b to be set in either the closed state (non-support state or non-guide state) or the open state (support state or guide state). In the closed state, the lower operation port 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the motorized accessory 37a close in the left-right direction. In the open state, the lower operation port 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the motor-operated part 37 a in the left-right direction.

  Here, when the motorized prize 37a is set in the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the motorized prize 37a and the bottom of the upper operation opening 36 is narrower than that of one game ball. Further, when the motorized prize 37a is set in the open state, the distance between the upper end of the motorized prize 37a and the bottom surface of the upper operation opening 36 is wider than that of one game ball. Therefore, the gaming ball can not win in the lower operation opening 37 when the electric role 37a is set in the closed state, and can win in the lower operation opening 37 when the electric game 37a is set in the open state. it can.

  In addition, instead of the closed state and the open state described above, the electric role thing 37a is in a state where it is difficult for the game ball to be won in the lower operation opening 37 (a different state from the closed state, the ball can enter the ball) The operating hole 37 may be configured to be switched to a state in which the game ball is likely to win. In addition, the lower operating port 37 may be configured not to perform such switching by setting the motorized part 37a but by displacing the lower operating port 37. In such a configuration, the lower operating port 37 does not need to be equipped with the motorized character 37a.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a which opens upward to allow game balls to flow down the gaming area, an opening / closing door 38b for opening / closing the large winning opening 38a, and an opening / closing door 38b. And a variable winning drive unit 38c.
It should be noted that the player strikes the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 27 at the maximum and strikes the reaching position of the gaming ball in the upper part of the game area from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed. By shifting to the side, the game balls can be guided to the variable winning device 38 while avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like (right-handed route).

Here, the game board 31 includes a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. The cover 381 is provided on a transparent panel 381 a formed transparent (or translucent) so as to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and provided on the periphery of the transparent panel 381 a and formed opaque And a panel 381b.
Therefore, the player can visually recognize the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent panel 381a and the window portion 21.

  The special winning opening 38a is provided at an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. As described above, the special winning opening 38a includes the detection sensor 40d that detects the entry of the game ball. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of a predetermined number of winning balls based on the detection result.

The open / close door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to close the opening of the big winning opening 38a. The open / close door 38b advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31, thereby closing the opening of the big winning opening 38a and retreating toward the inside of the game board 31. By being buried in 31, the opening of the big winning opening 38a is opened.
The variable prize drive unit 38c sets the open / close door 38b in either the open state or the closed state by driving the open / close door 38b.

Specifically, the open / close door 38b is normally set in a closed state where the game ball can not win. Then, in the internal lottery, when the transition to the open / close execution mode is won and the open / close execution mode is shifted, the open / close door 38b is set in the open state where the gaming ball can win.
The open / close execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the open / close door 38b is set to the open state, and the game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, after the open / close door 38b is set in the open state, the process until it is set in the close state again is referred to as one round game.
As described above, the variable winning device 38 has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and is predetermined when the game ball enters. It functions as an opening and closing means for paying out game balls.

The main display unit 42 has a main display unit 45 and a character display unit 46, and has a plurality of display devices such as a segment display and a dot display in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner. It is arranged and configured.
The main display unit 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. That is, the main display device 42 is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22. Further, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than that for one game ball. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the main display device 42.

  The main display unit 45 includes a first result display unit 45 a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on the upper operation opening 36, and an inside performed based on the winning on the lower operation opening 37. And a second result display unit 45b for displaying the result of the lottery (see FIG. 11). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the opening / closing execution mode when the opening / closing execution mode is set (or when the opening / closing execution mode is set). .

The first result display unit 45a uses the winning on the upper operation port 36 as a trigger to execute variable display of the pattern, and as a result of stopping the variable display, an internal lottery performed based on the winning on the upper operating port 36 Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the first result display unit 45a displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b uses the winning on the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger to execute variable display of the pattern, and as the result of stopping the variable display, an internal lottery performed based on the winning on the lower operating opening 37. Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the second result display unit 45b displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, the upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating opening 37 can enter the gaming balls flowing down the gaming area, and function as starting ball entering means for executing an internal lottery when entering the gaming balls.

  The prize display unit 46 performs variable display of patterns triggered by winning on each through gate 41, and an internal drawing performed based on the winning on each through gate 41 as a result of stopping the variable display. Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the shift to the open position, the role display area 46 displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open state. In the electronic combination open state, the motorized accessory 37a provided in the lower operation port 37 is in the open state in a predetermined mode.

  In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the character article display unit 46 are configured by segment displays, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a CRT, It may be configured by another type of display device such as a dot matrix. In addition, as a pattern to be variably displayed on the main display unit 45 and the character display unit 46, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variably displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are variably displayed, and a configuration in which a plurality of characters are variably displayed Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of different colors are switched and displayed.

  The variable display unit 43 includes a symbol display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a symbol that is a kind of symbol. Further, the variable display unit 43 includes a center frame 48 disposed so as to surround the symbol display device 47. The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered by the fall of the game ball. It is a structure.

The symbol display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device provided with a liquid crystal display. The symbol display device 47 starts variable display of symbols based on winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. That is, when the symbol display device 47 executes the variable display on the first result display unit 45 a of the main display unit 45 and when the variable display is performed on the second result display unit 45 b of the main display unit 45, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The symbol display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be another display device such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

  The center frame 48 includes four first holding lamp parts 49a provided in the upper area of the symbol display device 47, and four second holding lamp parts 49b provided in the right area of the first holding lamp part 49a. , And four third holding lamp parts 49c provided in the upper area of the first holding lamp part 49a.

The first holding lamp unit 49a is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won in the upper operation opening 36, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The first holding lamp unit 49a can hold a maximum of four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display unit 45a and the symbol display device 47.
The second holding lamp unit 49b is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won in the lower operation opening 37, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The second holding lamp unit 49 b can hold up to four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display unit 45 b and the symbol display device 47.
The third holding lamp unit 49c is a part for displaying the number of holding game balls that have been won on each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of holding balls. The third holding lamp unit 49c can hold a maximum of four gaming balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the character display unit 46.
In addition, each storage lamp | ramp part 49a-49c may be another structure of being displayed as an image on a part of symbol display apparatus 47 mentioned later.

Further, the center frame 48 is provided with a right variable ball entry mechanism 52 provided in the lower right side area of the symbol display device 47, and a crown 53 provided in the left side area of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. There is.
The right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 discharges the outside of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52, and a route route guiding the clown 53 after the game ball flowing down the game area is made to enter the inside of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52. It has a function to guide the game ball entered in the inside of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the clone route or the discharge route by switching to the discharge route.
It should be noted that the player strikes the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 27 at the maximum and strikes the reaching position of the gaming ball in the upper part of the game area from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed. By shifting to the side, it is possible to guide the gaming ball to the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 while avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like (right strike route).

FIG. 3 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the right side variable ball entry mechanism.
The right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 is, as shown in FIG. 3, an introducing portion 521 which causes the game ball flowing down the game area to enter the inside of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52, and the right side variable ball entering mechanism A guide passage 522 for guiding the game ball guided to the entrance of 52, a switching unit 523 for switching the destination of the game ball guided by the guide passage 522, an outlet 524 provided at the guide destination of the guide passage 522, And a guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4).

  The introducing unit 521 is a blade member 521a provided on the game board 31 so as to close an entrance formed on the right side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and a blade member centered on an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. A pin 521 b rotatably supporting the 521 a and a blade member driving portion 521 c driving the blade member 521 a are provided.

The wing member 521a is closed in the closed state (dot and dash line in the figure) in which the inlet of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 is closed by rotating counterclockwise around the pin 521b, and clockwise around the pin 521b. By moving, the inlet of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 is opened (solid line in the figure) (see the arrow in the figure). In the open state, the blade member 521 a is inclined to descend as it approaches the inlet side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52.
The blade member driving unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to either the closed state or the open state by driving the blade member 521a.

Here, the blade members 521a are repeatedly set to the closed state and the open state at a predetermined cycle. In other words, the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a predetermined cycle.
In the present embodiment, the blade members 521a are repeatedly set to the closed state of 1.5 sec and the open state of 0.5 sec. Therefore, the blade member 521a opens and closes intermittently in a cycle of 2 seconds.
In addition, the introduction part 521 should just be comprised so that the game ball which flows down a game area can be made to enter into the inside of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the timing of opening and closing of the wing member 521a, and opening and closing The cycle can be set arbitrarily.

Therefore, when the blade member 521a is set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball travels along the blade member 521a using the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 (Solid line in the figure).
On the other hand, when the blade member 521a is set in the closed state by the blade member driving portion 521c, the gaming ball does not enter the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 (in the figure, a dashed line).

The guiding passage 522 is formed in a width such that a plurality of gaming balls can not pass through the passage at the same time. The guide passage 522 is bifurcated in the middle, and has an upstream guide passage 522a located on the upstream side of this branch and two downstream guide passages 522b, 522c located on the downstream side. .
The guide passage 522 is formed transparent (or semi-transparent) so that the inside can be viewed from the front side.

  The upstream guide passage 522 a guides the gaming ball entered at the inlet of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 at the introduction part 521 from the inlet of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the branch position of the guide passage 522. The upstream guide passage 522 a is inclined to descend from the inlet of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 toward the branch position of the guide passage 522. Therefore, the gaming ball travels through the upstream guide passage 522a to reach the branch position of the guide passage 522 by utilizing the inclination of the upstream guide passage 522a.

The downstream guide passage 522 b is provided at a position close to the branch position of the guide passage 522. Further, the downstream guide passage 522 b is formed along the vertically downward direction so as to drop the gaming ball from the branch position of the guide passage 522. The downstream guide passage 522 b guides the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 along the upstream guide passage 522 a to the discharge port 524.
The downstream guide passage 522 c is provided at a position far from the branch position of the guide passage 522. Further, the downstream guide passage 522 c is formed from the branch position of the guide passage 522 to the guide rail 525 from the gaming ball. The downstream guide passage 522c guides the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 along the upstream guide passage 522a to the guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4).

  Here, the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 includes a detection sensor 40h (see FIG. 11) that detects the ball entry of the game ball, and the detection sensor 40h is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40h detects the entry of the gaming ball into the downstream guide passage 522c. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the right variable entrance mechanism 52 occurs, unlike when entering the various winning openings. Further, the detection sensor 40h may be anything as long as it can detect winning of the gaming ball individually, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor or the like can be adopted.

  The switching unit 523 rotatably supports the plate 523a provided on the game board 31 so as to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c and the plate 523a around an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. A pin 523b and a plate drive unit 523c for driving the plate 523a are provided.

The plate 523a is pivoted counterclockwise about the pin 523b in a closed state (two-dot chain line in the figure) in which the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b is closed by pivoting clockwise about the pin 523b. Thus, the inlet of the downstream guide passage 522c is closed, and the inlet of the downstream guide passage 522b is opened (solid line in the drawing). In the closed state, the plate 523a is inclined so as to be lowered toward the downstream guide passage 522c.
The plate drive unit 523c sets the plate 523a to either the closed state or the open state by driving the plate 523a.

Therefore, when the plate 523a is set in the open state by the plate drive unit 523c, the gaming ball having reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the inlet of the downstream guide passage 522b and then to the discharge port 524. You will be guided (solid line in the figure). Thereafter, the game balls are discharged to the outside (game area) of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 via the discharge port 524 (discharge route).
On the other hand, when the plate 523a is set in the closed state by the plate drive unit 523c, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 travels downstream along the plate 523a using the inclination of the plate 523a. After being guided to the entrance of the side guide passage 522c, it is guided to the guide rail 525 (two-dot chain line in the drawing). After that, the gaming ball is guided to the Kroon 53 via the guide rails 525 (see FIG. 4) (Kruen route).

Here, the plate 523a is normally set in an open state (discharge route) in which the gaming ball is not guided to the clone 53. Then, when the internal lottery has won the transition to the open / close execution mode and shifts to the open / close execution mode, the plate 523a is set in the closed state (clone route) in which the gaming ball is guided to the clone 53.
In addition, when the plate 523a detects that the gaming ball has entered the downstream guide passage 522c by the detection sensor 40h described above, the gaming ball is not guided to the clone 53 in an open state (discharge route) Will be set again.
As described above, in the present embodiment, the Kroon 53 flows the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the ball entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. It functions as a variable ball entry means that enables ball entry.

FIG. 4 is a view showing the movement of the game ball in the discharge route and the lone route. Specifically, FIGS. 4A and 4B are diagrams showing the movement of the gaming ball in the discharge route, and FIGS. 4C and 4D are diagrams showing the movement of the gaming ball in the crew route. It is.
When the wing member 521a is set in the closed state, the gaming ball does not enter the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 as shown in FIG. 4A (see the arrow in the figure). This is the same whether it is the discharge route or the Kroon route.

On the other hand, when the wing member 521a is set in the open state, the gaming ball travels along the wing member 521a using the inclination of the wing member 521a as shown in FIGS. 4 (B) and 4 (C). The ball enters the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52.
When the discharge route is set by setting the plate 523a in the open state, the gaming balls having reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 are guided to the discharge port 524 as shown in FIG. 4B. (Refer to the arrow in the figure). Thereafter, the gaming balls are discharged to the outside (playing area) of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 through the discharge port 524.

The game ball discharged to the outside of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52 through the discharge port 524 can be changed to the falling direction by the nail 44 so that the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, and the out port 39 can be It will hit the ball.
In the present embodiment, the game ball discharged to the outside of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 through the discharge port 524 has entered the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, and the out port 39. However, for example, the ball may be designed to enter the out port 39 only. In short, the flow path of the game ball after being discharged to the game area may be designed in any way.
Further, in the present embodiment, the game ball is discharged to the game area through the discharge port 524, but without being discharged to the game area, for example, a route similar to the game ball entered to the out port 39 It may be recovered through the

  In addition, when the plate 523a is set to the closed state, when it is set to the Kroon route, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is guided to the guide rail 525 as shown in FIG. 4 (C). (See arrows in the figure). Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 4D, the gaming ball is guided to the clune 53 via the guide rails 525.

FIG. 5 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the Kroon as viewed from above.
The clune 53 is provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531 and a disk-shaped rolling surface 531 for rolling the gaming balls guided to the clune 53 via the guide rails 525 as shown in FIG. And a side wall 532.
The guide rail 525 guides the gaming ball to the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532.

The rolling surface 531 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface, and is formed at the center of three holes 533A to 533C formed at equal intervals to one another, and also formed at each of the holes 533A to And a protrusion 534 having three side surfaces that are inclined to descend toward the 533C side. Further, the rolling surface 531 is inclined so as to be lowered as it goes from the side wall 532 side to the holes 533A to 533C side (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game balls guided to the claves 53 via the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side walls 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C (see FIG. Middle arrow A)).

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C is provided with detection sensors 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) for detecting entry of game balls, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k into the hole 533C. Detect the game ball entering. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the holes 533A to 533C occurs, unlike when entering the various winning openings. The detection sensors 40i to 40k may be of any type as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor can be adopted.

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C wins the transition to the opening / closing execution mode in the internal lottery, and when switching to the opening / closing execution mode, is a trigger to start the round game. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and after entering the open / close execution mode, when the ball enters each hole 533A to 533C, the open / close door 38b Is set to an open state, and execution of a round game is performed a predetermined number of times.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts to execute 16 round games when entering the hole 533A, so the hole 533A starts to execute 16 round games. Marks are displayed around the hole 533A to indicate that.
In addition, since the pachinko machine 10 starts execution of four round games when entering the ball into the holes 533B and 533C, the holes 533B and 533C start execution of four round games. Do not show the mark to suggest that you do.

  In addition, the clune 53 is connected to the hole 533A formed on the front side (front side) of the game board 31, and enters the hole 533A and drops downward as shown by the arrow B in the figure. As shown in arrow C in the figure, it is connected to a communication passage 535 for guiding the electric non-motorized character 51 and two holes 533 B and 533 C formed on the back side (back side) of the game board 31. A discharge passage 536 is provided for discharging the game balls falling into the game area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 2) after entering the balls 533B and 533C and dropping downward.

FIG. 6 is a view of the non-electric role viewed from the back side of the game board. FIG. 9 is a side view of the non-motorized part.
As shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 9, the non-motor-operated part 51 has a pair of upper blade members 511 provided above the game board 31 so as to face in the horizontal direction, and the lower ends of the respective upper blade members 511. While being fixed, a pair of pivoting shafts 512 provided rotatably around an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31, and a pair of plate-like members 513 having one end fixed to each pivoting shaft 512; A pair of upper gears 514 coaxially fixed to each pivot shaft 512 is provided.

  In addition, the non-motorized part 51 is fixed to the upper end portion of each lower blade member 515 and a pair of lower blade members 515 provided below each upper blade member 511 so as to face in the horizontal direction. A pair of pivoting shafts 516 rotatably provided about an axis orthogonal to the surface of the board 31 and a pair of the upper gears 514 engaged with the upper gears 514 and concentrically fixed to the respective pivots 516 Lower gear 517 of FIG.

Each upper blade member 511, as shown in FIG. 6A, in the closed state of the non-motor-operated part 51, is opposite in the horizontal direction and has an opposing surface 511A disposed along the vertical direction. . Each upper wing member 511 is provided in the game area (the front side of the game board 31) as shown in FIG.
Each upper wing member 511 is provided such that the passage 511B formed between the opposing surfaces 511A has a width such that a plurality of gaming balls can not pass simultaneously. In addition, the non-motor-controlled part 51 is provided with a baffle plate 51A provided above the entrance of the passage 511B. The distance between the upper end of each upper wing member 511 and the baffle plate 51A is narrower than that for one game ball. Therefore, the gaming ball can not enter the non-motor-operated symbol 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B in the closed state of the non-motor-operated symbol 51.
In addition, the non-motor-related goods 51 are provided with the cover 518 provided in the game area so as to cover each upper blade member 511 and the passage 511B.

  Each plate-like member 513 is disposed at an obtuse angle with respect to the opposing surface 511A of each upper blade member 511, as shown in FIG. 6 (A). Specifically, in the closed state of the non-electric accessory 51, each plate-like body 513 is disposed to be inclined so as to approach the passage 511B as it goes from the upper end to the lower end on the turning shaft 512 side. . Here, each plate-like body 513 is provided on the back side of the game board 31, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the non-electric character 51 has a passage 51B for guiding the gaming ball, which has entered the non-electric character 51 via the entrance of the passage 511B, to the back side of the gaming board 31, and each plate member 513 is One end of each pivot shaft 512 is fixed so as to close the outlet of the passage 51B.

  Each lower blade member 515 is disposed at an obtuse angle with respect to the facing surface 511A of each upper blade member 511, as shown in FIG. 6 (A). Specifically, in the closed state of the non-electric accessory 51, each lower blade member 515 is disposed to be inclined so as to approach the passage 511B from the upper end to the lower end of the rotary shaft 516 side. . Further, each lower wing member 515 is provided on the back side of the game board 31, as shown in FIG. Specifically, each lower wing member 515 is provided at a passing position of the game ball guided to the non-motor-actuated part 51 via the communication passage 535 of the clone 53. Here, one end of each lower blade member 515 is fixed to each pivot shaft 516 so as to close the outlet 535 A of the communication passage 535.

In this manner, the communication passage 535 of the above-mentioned Krone 53 communicates above the respective lower blade members 515.
Therefore, the game ball which enters the hole 533A of the lone 53 and falls downward and is guided to the non-electric role object 51 via the communication passage 535 is, as shown in FIG. 6A, each lower wing member Fall towards 515. The gaming balls dropped toward the lower wing members 515 are rotated by rotating the lower wing members 515 about the rotation shafts 516 as shown in FIG. 6B. Push apart the lower end of the (see arrow A in the figure).
After spreading the lower end portions of the respective lower wing members 515 apart, the gaming balls are discharged from the non-electric handpiece 51 through the discharge passage 51C to the game area through the opening 312.

  In addition, since each rotation shaft 516 and each lower gear 517 rotate as the lower blade members 515 rotate, each upper gear 514 rotates as the lower gear 517 rotates. Then, each upper blade member 511 and each plate-like member 513 rotate with the rotation of each upper gear 514 (see the arrow B in the figure). As a result, the non-motor-operated part 51 shifts from the closed state to the open state.

  Here, the non-motor-operated part 51 is provided with a non-motor-part detection sensor 519 (see FIG. 11) for detecting the transition from the closed state to the open state. In addition, as long as it can detect opening of the non-motor part 51, the non-motor part opening detection sensor 519 may be anything, for example, a contact-type sensor etc. can be adopted. .

As shown in FIG. 6B, the distance between the upper end of each upper blade member 511 and the baffle plate 51A is wider than that of one game ball, as shown in FIG. Therefore, the gaming ball can enter the non-motor-operated symbol 51 via the entrance of the passage 511B in the open state of the non-motor-operated symbol 51.
Here, each of the plate-like members 513 is pivoted about the pivot shaft 512 so as to close the passage 51B in the open state of the non-electric accessory 51.

Therefore, the gaming balls having entered the non-electric role object 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B are guided to the back side of the game board 31 through the passage 51B, and then each plate-like body centering on each turning shaft 512 By rotating 513, the lower ends of the plate-like members 513 are spread apart.
After spreading the lower end portions of the respective plate-like members 513 apart, the gaming balls are discharged from the non-electric hand-held product 51 through the discharge passage 51C through the opening 312.

  Further, since the pivoting shafts 512 and the upper gears 514 rotate with the rotation of the plate-like members 513, the lower gears 517 rotate with the rotation of the upper gears 514. Then, the lower blade members 515 rotate as the lower gears 517 rotate. As a result, the non-motor-operated part 51 shifts from the open state to the closed state.

  The non-electric role thing 51 wins the transition to the opening and closing execution mode in the internal lottery, and when switching to the opening and closing execution mode, it is an opportunity to start the round game. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and after entering the open / close execution mode, if the ball enters the non-motor-controlled role item 51, the open / close door 38b Is set to an open state, and execution of a round game is performed a predetermined number of times.

  Here, the ball entering the non-motor-controlled part 51 is determined by detecting with the detection sensor 40f whether or not the gaming ball has passed through the discharge passage 51C. In other words, in the open state of the non-motorized part 51, the gaming ball having entered the non-electric part 51 via the entrance of the passage 511B and in the closed state of the non-electric part 51 via the communication path 535 The game balls guided to the non-electric role item 51 are both determined as entering the non-electric role object 51.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts execution of the round game 16 times when entering the non-electric character article 51 occurs, so the non-electric character article 51 has 16 rounds The characters "16R" are displayed, which means that the execution of the game is to be started (see FIG. 2).
In the following description, the non-electric role product 51 and the holes 533A for starting the execution of 16 round games are referred to as 16 round execution gates, and each hole 533B and 533C for starting the execution of four round games is 4 It is called a round execution gate, and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate are collectively referred to as a round game execution gate.

Therefore, the non-electric character 51 has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, so that the game ball enters the ball itself. Function as an open / close ball entry means for shifting from the open state to the closed state based on the
Then, the non-electric role thing 51 is each plate-like body 513 (first receiving portion) that receives the game ball that entered the non-electric role object 51, and each lower wing member 515 that receives the game ball that enters the hole 533A. (The second receiving portion), the gaming balls are received by the plate-like members 513, the open state is shifted to the closed state, and the gaming balls are received by the lower wing members 515, the closed state Transition from the open state.

  In the present embodiment, the opening and closing ball entering means is switched from the open state to the closed state by receiving the game ball in the first receiving part, and closed by receiving the game ball in the second receiving part. It was transitioning from the state to the open state. On the other hand, the opening and closing ball entering means comprises, for example, a drive unit for setting the opening and closing ball entering means to either the closed state or the open state, and a sensor for detecting the ball entry of the game ball. The open and close ball means may be shifted from the open state to the closed state by the drive unit based on the detection of the ball entering the ball. In short, the opening and closing ball entering means has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area is not entered, and is opened based on the game ball entering It is sufficient to shift to the closed state.

  In addition, the Kroon 53 is capable of entering the gaming ball which has entered the Kroon 53, and the holes 533B and 533C which do not shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entering of the gaming ball. A ball 533A (second ball entry) that allows the player to enter the game ball having entered the ball and the ball into the clone 53 and to shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball Section) and The clune 53 has a rolling surface 531 on which the gaming balls entered into the clone 53 are rolled, and the first ball entry portion and the second ball entry portion are provided on the rolling surface 531 and The game ball rolling on the moving surface 531 is inserted.

  In the present embodiment, the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53, and the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 are caused to enter. . On the other hand, the first ball entering unit and the second ball entering unit distribute, for example, the game balls having entered the variable ball entering means into the first ball entering unit and the second ball entering unit It may be provided in the mechanism. In this case, the probability that the gaming balls are distributed to the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part by the distribution mechanism may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means may be provided with the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part.

  Here, as described above, the non-motorized character 51 and the hole 533A are 16 round execution gates that start to execute 16 round games. In addition, each hole 533B, 533C is a 4 round execution gate which starts the execution of 4 round games. Therefore, the game in the opening / closing execution mode starting upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A is higher than the game in the opening / closing execution mode initiating upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. It gives the player value.

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number of times (four times in the present embodiment) when entering the gaming balls into the holes 533B and 533C. The game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, and the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 is greater than the predetermined number when entering the game ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A (in this embodiment) By setting 16), the game in the open / close execution mode in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started.

  In the present embodiment, the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the gaming balls enter the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A, sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to set each hole 533B, 533C. The player is given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the game ball enters the ball, but each hole 533 B, 533 C, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38 or the like. The player may be given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode which starts upon entering the game ball to the game player. In short, the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into the opening / closing ball entry means and the second entry part is started when the game sphere enters the first entry part. It is sufficient to give the player a higher value than the game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A are 16 round execution gates for starting the execution of 16 round games, and the holes 533B and 533C are 4 round execution gates for starting the execution of four round games, and each hole The correspondence between 533A to 533C, and 16 round execution gates and 4 round execution gates was fixed. On the other hand, the correspondence between each hole 533A to 533C and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate may not be fixed. For example, the correspondence is changed based on the result of the internal lottery, etc. May be According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can extend the game characteristics, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

7 and 8 are enlarged views of the vicinity of the non-motorized part. Specifically, FIG. 7A and FIG. 8A are diagrams showing a state where the gaming ball has fallen toward the non-electric role object 51 in the open state of the non-electric role object 51, FIG. 7 (B) and FIG. 8 (B) are diagrams showing the flow of the game ball thereafter.
As shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, the non-motor-operated part 51 is provided with a rotary distribution mechanism 51D provided on the upper left of the baffle plate 51A.
The rotary distribution mechanism 51D is formed at equal intervals on the rotary shaft 51D1 attached to the game board 31 so as to be rotatable around an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31, and the rotary shaft 51D1 around the rotary axis 51D1. The three rotating blades 51D2 and the stopper 51D3 provided below the rotation shaft 51D1 are provided.

Among the three rotary blades 51D2, the upper rotary blade 51D2 is not electrically driven as it goes upward as shown in FIG. 7A when the right rotary blade 51D2 is in contact with the stopper 51D3. Tilt to get close to the character 51.
In this state, the game ball falling through the left side of the wind turbine located at the upper right of the rotary distribution mechanism 51D is the upper rotary blade 51D2 and the left rotary blade 51D2 of the three rotary blades 51D2. It will fall in between (refer arrow (A) of FIG. 7).

  As shown in FIG. 7B, the gaming ball dropped between the upper rotary blade 51D2 and the left rotary blade 51D2 rotates the rotary shaft 51D1 counterclockwise via the rotary blade 51D2. After that, the ball does not enter the non-motor-operated part 51 and passes on the left side of the non-motor-part 51 (see the arrow in FIG. 7B). Then, among the three rotary blades 51D2, the left rotary blade 51D2 is in contact with the stopper 51D3. By this, the rotation shaft 51D1 stops its rotation. In addition, the game ball which passed the left side of the non-electric role thing 51 will enter into the out port 39 after that.

On the other hand, among the three rotary blades 51D2, the upper rotary blade 51D2 is, as shown in FIG. 8A, upward when the left rotary blade 51D2 is in contact with the stopper 51D3. It inclines so that it may go away from the non-motor-driven character 51 as heading.
In this state, the game ball falling through the left side of the windmill located at the upper right of the rotary distribution mechanism 51D is the upper rotary blade 51D2 and the right rotary blade 51D2 of the three rotary blades 51D2. It will fall in between (refer arrow (A) of FIG. 8).

  The game ball dropped between the upper rotary blade 51D2 and the right rotary blade 51D2 rotates the rotary shaft 51D1 clockwise via the rotary blade 51D2 as shown in FIG. 8B. , And will enter the non-motorized role 51 (see the arrow in FIG. 8 (B)). Then, among the three rotary blades 51D2, the rotary blade 51D2 on the right side is in contact with the stopper 51D3. By this, the rotation shaft 51D1 stops its rotation.

In this manner, the rotary distribution mechanism 51 D distributes the gaming balls dropped toward the non-electric combination 51 to the left and right according to its own rotation, and prevents the non-electric combination 51 from entering the gaming balls and the left route. , And has a function of alternately switching between the right route for causing the game ball to enter the non-electric role item 51.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can make it difficult for the game ball which has dropped toward the non-electric role object 51 against the player's intention to enter the non-electric role object 51, and the player's intention is It can be made easy to reflect.

In the present embodiment, the rotational distribution mechanism 51D is only at the first stage, but the rotational distribution mechanism 51D at the second stage may be provided, and the rotational distribution mechanism 51D at the third and subsequent stages is further provided. May be According to this, it is possible to make it more difficult for the game ball which has fallen toward the non-electric role object 51 against the player's intention to enter the non-electric role object 51 further, and the player's intention is further increased. It can be made easy to reflect.
Further, in the present embodiment, the rotary distribution mechanism 51D distributes the gaming balls dropped toward the non-electric role object 51 to the left and right according to the rotation of the player, but using the method other than the rotation May be distributed.

FIG. 10 is a view showing a display screen of the symbol display device.
As shown in FIG. 10, the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 is divided into three display areas, and in each display area, the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2, and the right symbol are sequentially arranged from the left Column Z3 is displayed. Each symbol row Z1 to Z3 is arranged so that eight types of symbols consisting of the numbers “1” to “8” are in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and the next to “8” is “1” Is configured. In FIG. 10, the center line of each display area is indicated by a dashed dotted line.

The symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) based on winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, an effect for game circulation is executed on the display screen G. The effects for this game circulation were switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of left symbol row Z1 → right symbol row Z3 → middle symbol row Z2, and finally, a predetermined symbol was stopped displayed on the effective line L End in state.
That is, after the variable display is started on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 based on the winning on the operation openings 36 and 37, the game time is until the predetermined stop result is displayed.

  In addition, the aspect of the fluctuation display of the symbol in the symbol display apparatus 47 is not limited to this, but is arbitrary. For example, the number of symbol rows, the direction of scrolling of each symbol row, the number of symbols in each symbol row, and the like can be changed as appropriate. Further, the symbols in each symbol row may be a combination of a picture and a number instead of the number only, or may be a picture only.

<Electric Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 11, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control unit 60, an audio light emission control unit 90, and a display control unit 100. These units are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. Further, the pachinko machine 10 has a payout control device 70 that executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out gaming balls, and a power source that executes firing control to cause the gaming ball firing mechanism 81 to fire gaming balls. And a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

  The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 which controls main control (main control) of the game, and a power failure monitoring board 65 which monitors the power supply. Main controller 60 is provided with a substrate box that houses main control substrate 61 and the like. The substrate box may be provided with a trace means for leaving a trace when it is opened, and may be provided with a trace structure for leaving a trace when it is opened. Specifically, as a trace means, a substrate box is configured by combining a plurality of case bodies, and a configuration that provides a connecting portion (crimping portion) that requires destruction of a predetermined portion when separating each case body, peeling off In this case, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of peeling off because the adhesive layer remains as a bonding object is pasted across the boundaries between the plurality of case bodies. Moreover, as a trace structure, the structure etc. which apply an adhesive agent with respect to the boundary between these case bodies are employable.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 constituting the MPU 62. Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like in addition to the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are combined into a chip.
In the present embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but may be separately integrated into chips. The same applies to the MPUs of control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a pass / fail table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, and a reach table storage area 63c. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 63 is executed, and is a volatile storage means requiring an external power supply when storing the stored information. It is. The RAM 64 has various areas such as various counter areas 64a, a holding ball storage area 64b, and a holding area 64c. These areas will be described in detail later.

  The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main control device 60, a plurality of detection sensors 40a to 40k, and a non-motorized combination release detection sensor 519. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. Further, the output port of the MPU 62 has a motorized part drive unit 37b for opening and closing the motorized part 37a of the lower operation port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c for opening and closing the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a blade member. It is connected to a blade drive unit 521 c that opens and closes 521 a, a plate drive 523 c that opens and closes the plate 523 a, a main display unit 45, and a character display unit 46.

  The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through the driver circuit. Specifically, in the open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the motorized accessory drive unit 37 b to open and close the motorized accessory 37 a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable prize drive unit 38c to open and close the special prize port 38a. Further, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the blade member driving unit 521c to open and close the blade member 521a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to open / close the plate 523a. In each gaming session, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 to display the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on each operation port 36, 37. Furthermore, the MPU 62 executes display control of the display unit 46 for a gift and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on each through gate 41.

The power failure monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power and emission control device 80 having a function of supplying operating power, and monitors the voltage of the DC stable 24 volts output from the power and emission control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power via the power failure monitoring board 65.
The detection sensors 40a to 40k include a general winning opening 35, an upper operating opening 36, a lower operating opening 37, various winning openings of the variable winning device 38, an out opening 39, respective through gates 41, and a right variable ball entering mechanism 52. And, the holes 533A to 533C of the clone 53 are provided in one-to-one correspondence. Based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40a to 40k, the MPU 62 wins various holes in the various winning openings, the out openings 39, the respective through gates 41, the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the respective holes 533A to 533C of the clune 53 Judgment (entering ball judgment) is performed. The MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37.

  The payout control device 70 executes payout control that causes the payout device 71 to pay out the prize balls and the rental balls (game balls to be lent to the player in the game) based on the command (control command) transmitted from the main control device 60 Do.

  The power supply and emission control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. The power and emission control device 80 generates the operation power necessary for each of the main control board 61 and the payout control device 70 based on the external power supplied from the commercial power, and the generated operation. Supply power. The power supply and emission control device 80 is provided with a power supply unit for power interruption such as a backup capacitor. The power-off unit for powering off supplies power for storage and storage to the RAM 64 of the main control device 60 even when power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off.

  Further, the power supply and emission control device 80 executes emission control for causing the game ball emission mechanism 81 to emit the game balls. Here, the game ball firing mechanism 81 includes a firing rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeding device for supplying the game balls stored in the upper tray 25a onto the firing rail, and the firing rail. And a solenoid, which is an electric actuator that causes the game ball supplied to the control unit 34 to be emitted toward the guide rail 34. The power supply and emission control device 80 supplies a drive signal (emission permission signal) to the solenoid when a predetermined emission condition is satisfied, and causes the game ball to be emitted.

<Electrical configuration for executing internal lottery at MPU 62 of main controller 60>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
The MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big hit random number counter C1 for the big hit lottery, and when the big hit is generated, uses the big hit type counter C2 for the big hit type lottery, and whether the reach display is generated or not Use the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time in the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47. Further, the MPU 62 uses the motorized combination release counter C4 in the drawing of whether or not the motorized combination 37a of the lower operation opening 37 is to be opened. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in various counter areas 64a (see FIG. 11) of the RAM 64.

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and reaches a maximum value and then returns to 0. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball is won in the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Are stored in a holding ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 11) provided as acquisition information storage means. Further, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the motorized product release counter C4 is stored in the hold position area 64c (see FIG. 11) of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins each through gate 41. Be done.

  The storage ball storage area 64b includes a first result display area reserve area Ra, a second result display area reserve area Rb, and an execution area AE.

  The first result display unit reserve area Ra provided as the first acquired information storage means includes four storage areas of the first area Ra1 to the fourth area Ra4. Each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets combinations of values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information according to the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 in time series in each area Ra1 to Ra4. I will store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the holding information in the order of the first area Ra1 → the second area Ra2 → the third area Ra3 → the fourth area Ra4 when winning in the upper operation port 36 occurs a plurality of times consecutively. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the first result display unit holding area Ra includes four storage areas, the winning of game balls to the upper operation opening 36 is held up to a maximum of four. In addition, the first result display unit holding area Ra includes a storage area for writing the number of holding units stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
In addition, the number of holdings according to the upper operation port 36 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is single. May be

  The second result display area reserve area Rb provided as the second acquired information storage means includes four storage areas of a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to a storage capacity capable of storing a set of each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets combinations of the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as hold information according to winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37 in time series in each area Rb1 to Rb4. I will store it. Specifically, the MPU 62 holds the holding information in the order of the first area Rb1 → the second area Rb2 → the third area Rb3 → the fourth area Rb4 when winning in the lower operation opening 37 occurs a plurality of times consecutively. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display unit holding area Rb includes four storage areas, the winning of game balls to the lower operation opening 37 is held up to a maximum of four. In addition, the second result display unit reserved area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reserved units stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of holdings related to the lower operation opening 37 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is single. May be

  When the execution area AE starts variable display of each result display unit 45a, 45b, the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display unit reserved area Ra or the second result display unit reserved area Rb Area to move the

The electric wave holding area 64c is provided with four storage areas in the same manner as the first result display area holding area Ra and the second result display area holding area Rb. Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four at maximum.
In addition, the number of holdings for each through gate 41 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be other plural such as two, three, or five or more, and is a singular number. May be

<Detailed Description of Each Counter>
The details of each counter will be described below.
First, the motorized product release counter C4 will be described. For example, each time the motor-operated jack release counter C4 is updated, 1 is added to the previous value, and after reaching the maximum value 250, it returns to 0 and becomes a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 250. ing.
The motorized jack release counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the hold position area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in each through gate 41. Ru.
Then, based on the value of the motorized combination release counter C4 stored in the combination holding area 64c, the MPU 62 draws lottery whether or not to set the combination 37a of the lower operation opening 37 to the combination release state. Perform an item opening lottery).

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes with mutually different frequencies that enable winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37 by setting the motorized prize 37a in the open state. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10, the frequency of setting the motorized accessory 37a in the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the motorized accessory 37a in the open state is low. It has relatively high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

  In the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning in the open state is the same (for example, both are 4/5) in the electric combination open lottery. However, in the high-frequency support mode, the motorized jack 37a is set to the open state more often when the electric jack is released as compared to the low-frequency support mode, and the motorized jack 37a is set to the open state. One open time is also longer. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the motorized accessory 37a in the closing state is shorter than the one opening time during each opening in the one opening state. Furthermore, in the high frequency support mode, as compared with the low frequency support mode, the secure time at least secured as the time to wait before performing the next electric combination opening lottery after finishing the electric combination opening lottery The duration time of one change display on the product display unit 46 is short.

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operation opening 37 as compared to the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the gaming ball has a higher probability of winning in the upper actuation opening 36 than the lower actuation opening 37. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the gaming ball is more likely to win the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36.
Then, when a prize in the lower operation opening 37 is detected, a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out, so in the high frequency support mode, the player plays the game while not reducing the number of gaming balls very much. It can be carried out.

  The configurations of the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode are not limited to this. For example, the high frequency support mode may be configured to increase the probability of winning the electronic combination open state in the electric combination open lottery compared to the low frequency support mode. Also, for example, a plurality of types of securing times may be prepared, and the high frequency support mode may be configured to be easy to select a short securing time as compared to the low frequency support mode, and the average of the securing times selected It may be configured to shorten the Furthermore, the high-frequency support mode combines the number of times the motorized part 37a is set in the open state, the open time, and the securing time so that the frequency of setting the motorized part 37a in the open state is the low frequency support mode It may be configured to be relatively higher as compared with.

  Next, the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. The jackpot random number counter C1 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 599. . In addition, the big hit random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value each time it loops one round. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops in the range of 0 to 599, similarly to the big hit random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the holding ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display area holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, and the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37 At the timing, it is stored in the second result display holding area Rb of the RAM 64.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for winning a big hit (a winning lottery) based on the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a success / failure table storing values of random numbers for winning the jackpot occurrence.
Among the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the value of the random number winning the big hit occurrence, as shown in FIG. 13, a hit / fail table storage area 63a (see FIG. 11) of the ROM 63 provided as a hit / fail information group storage means. It is stored as (success or failure information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two chance lottery modes of low probability mode (low probability state) which is hard to win big hit occurrence and high probability mode (high probability state) which is easy to win big hit occurrence . Moreover, the success / failure table includes a success / failure table for low probability mode (low probability success / failure information group) shown in FIG. 13A and a success / failure table for high probability mode (high probability success / failure information shown in FIG. 13B). Group) and
The MPU 62 executes a lottery for jackpot occurrence by comparing these success / failure tables with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b.

These success or failure tables have the results of a plurality of jackpot occurrence lottery results (success or failure results) of the "big hit", the "specially wrong result", and the "normally deviated result".
Specifically, in the gaming state where the probability table for the low probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery for jackpot occurrence, as shown in FIG. 13A, the value of the random number for "big hit" is two. It is.
On the other hand, under the gaming state where the probability table for the high probability mode is referred to in the lottery for jackpot occurrence, as shown in FIG. 13 (b), the value of the random number for "big hit" is 21 It is. Here, the value of the jackpot winning random number stored in the low probability mode success or failure table is included in the "big hit winning" random number value stored in the high probability mode success or failure table.

  Note that the value and the number of random numbers stored in each success / failure table are arbitrary, and the high probability mode may have a high probability of being a "big hit" compared to the low probability mode. Also, the value of the "big hit" stored in the high probability mode pass / fail table does not include the value of the "big hit" stored in the low probability mode pass / fail table. It may also include a part of the value of the "big hit" random number stored in the low probability mode pass / fail table.

Further, in each of the lottery modes, a value other than the value of the random number for which the "big hit" is won will result in being out without winning the big hit.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of outlier results of the “extra outlier result (small hit result)” and the “normal outlier result”. These outlier results are common in that they do not serve as a transition trigger for the success or failure lottery mode or the support mode. However, while the “specially out of place result” becomes an opportunity for transition to the open / close execution mode, the “normally out of place result” is different in that it does not become an opportunity for transition into the open / close execution mode.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time the update is made and reaching the maximum value 29 and then returning to 0. .
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the holding ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the first result display area holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, and the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37 At the timing, it is stored in the second result display holding area Rb of the RAM 64.
Then, based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (sorting lottery) of the jackpot type when a jackpot occurs.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a distribution table in which values of random numbers related to distribution destinations of jackpot types are stored.
As shown in FIG. 14, the value of the random number relating to the distribution destination of the type of jackpot is allocated to the distribution table storage area 63b (see FIG. 11) of the ROM 63 provided as distribution information group storage means It is stored as a minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 14 (a) and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 14 (b). ing.
The MPU 62 executes the lottery of the jackpot type by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b.

The first distribution table is based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the first result display area reserve area Ra to the execution area AE, ie, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning on the upper operation port 36. It is a table referred to when performing a lottery of the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 14 (a), the first distribution table shows “low probability result (special distribution result for low probability correspondence)”, “invisible small round high probability result (latency high probability result for small round correspondence) A distribution destination of “a small number of results with high probability (high probability results for small rounds)” and “most favorable results (special distribution results with high probability correspondence)” is used as the distribution destination. Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the jackpot type counter C2, “0 to 9” are distributed to “low probability result”, and “10 to 14” are “invisiblely small” It distributes to "round high certainty result", distributes "15 to 19" to "explicit small round high certainty result", and distributes "20 to 29" to "most advantageous result".

The second distribution table is based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the second result display area reserve area Rb to the execution area AE, ie, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning on the lower operation port 37. It is a table referred to when performing a lottery of the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 14 (b), the second distribution table has two distribution results of “low probability result” and “most favorable result” as distribution destinations. Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 9" are distributed to "low probable results", and "10 to 29" as "most advantageous results" Are assigned to

Each distribution result has a difference in at least one of the following conditions (1) to (3).
(1) Acceptability lottery mode after opening / closing execution mode (2) Support mode after opening / closing execution mode (3) Mode of opening / closing control of the variable winning device 38 in the opening / closing execution mode

First, the difference of the (1) success or failure lottery mode will be described.
The “low probability result” is a distribution result in which the success or failure lottery mode is set to the low probability mode after the completion of the opening / closing execution mode regardless of the success / failure lottery mode before the completion of the opening / closing execution mode. This low probability mode continues at least until it becomes a "big hit" in the lottery.
The “invisible small round high probability result”, “explicit small round high probability result”, and “most favorable result” are high probability probability of winning lottery mode after closing open mode regardless of the winning lottery mode before closing open mode execution mode It is a distribution result set in the mode. This high probability mode continues at least until it becomes a "big hit" in the lottery.

Next, the difference in the support mode of (2) will be described.
The “low probability result” is a distribution result in which the support mode is set to the high-frequency support mode after the switching execution mode ends regardless of the support mode before the switching execution mode ends. The high frequency support mode is shifted to the low frequency support mode when the game times have reached the end reference number (specifically, 100 times).

The “invisible small round high probability result” is a distribution result in which the support mode before the switching execution mode ends is maintained as it is. Here, when the support mode before the end of the open / close execution mode is the high frequency support mode, the high frequency support mode is continued at least until the “big hit” is obtained in the pass / fail lottery.
“Explicit small-round high-probability result” and “most favorable result” are distribution results in which the support mode is set to the high-frequency support mode after the switching execution mode ends regardless of the support mode before the switching execution mode ends. This high-frequency support mode continues at least until it becomes a "big hit" in the lottery.

  The difference in the mode of the open / close control of the variable winning device 38 in the open / close execution mode of (3) will be described in detail later.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value each time the update is made, and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 238. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the holding ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. Stored in Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, and the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37 At the timing, it is stored in the second result display holding area Rb of the RAM 64.
Then, based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach occurrence lottery) as to whether or not the reach display is to be generated.

The reach display is an expectation effect that occurs when a "normal out-of-order result" is obtained without being a "big hit" in the success or failure lottery.
Specifically, the MPU 62 is a reach table and the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b when the result is a "normal out result" without being a "big hit" in the lottery. And a lottery to determine whether or not the reach indication is to be generated, and the reach indication is generated when the reach indication is to be generated in the lottery. The reach table is a table storing the value of the random number related to the occurrence of reach display, and is stored in the reach table storage area 63c (see FIG. 11) of the ROM 63.

  Here, when it becomes "big hit" in the success or failure lottery and is distributed to the "most advantageous result" in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 47 determines the same odd number or the same even number as the stop result. The symbol combination having the numbers of is stopped and displayed on the effective line L. In addition, when it becomes “big hit winning” in the success or failure lottery and is distributed to “low probability result” in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 47 combines the symbols having the same even number as the stopping result. Is stopped on the effective line L. Furthermore, when it becomes "big hit" in the success or failure lottery and is distributed to "invisible small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, or as "big hit" in the success or failure lottery If the result is “specially out of place result”, the symbol display device 47 is selected when “normally out of place result” is obtained in the result of the lottery, not as a combination of the symbols having the same number as the stop result. A special symbol combination having different numbers not to be displayed is stopped and displayed on the effective line L.

  The reach display is finally stopped and displayed when the combination of symbols having the same number is stopped (the jackpot is won in the lottery, and it is distributed to the “most favorable result” or the “low probability result” in the sorting lottery. ), Regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. In addition, reach display, when it is stopped display of the combination of the special symbol finally ("is a big hit in the winning lottery, and in the sorting lottery" invisible small round high probability result "or" explicit small round high In the case of being assigned to the “confirmed result” or in the case of being “a special out result” without becoming a “big hit” in the success or failure lottery), no occurrence occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

In the aspect of the reach display, some symbol rows (for example, symbol row Z1 and symbol row Z3) among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 are placed on the effective line L The stop display causes the same combination of symbols to be displayed to indicate a stop result, and the remaining symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z2) are variably displayed in that state.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 becomes a "big hit" in the hit / off lottery before the predetermined stop result is displayed after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 47 by generating the reach display. It is possible to make the player expect that it has been distributed to the “low probability result” or the “most favorable result” in the distribution lottery.

  In addition, the aspect of the reach display is not limited to this, and after displaying a part of the symbol rows in a stopped state, the remaining symbol rows are variably displayed, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image in the background. Alternatively, a predetermined character or the like may be displayed as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after reducing or displaying each symbol row in a reduced size.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected effect as a kind of variable display of the symbol display device 47. The expected effect is that after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 47, the player is expected to expect "big hit" in the winning lottery before the predetermined stop result is displayed. It says a rendition. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expectation effects of the reach display described above and the advance notice display.

The advance notice display does not become a "big hit" in the hit or draw if the "big hit" is obtained in the pass / fail lottery, or if the "special win result" is obtained without the "big hit" in the hit or draw. This is an expectation effect that makes the effect easier to occur than when the result is "normally out of place". In this preliminary display, instead of making it easy to generate effects, it may be easy to select effects with a low appearance rate, or these may be combined.
In addition, while the lottery of whether or not the reach display is to be generated is executed by the main control device 60, the lottery of whether or not the advance display is to be generated is executed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The form of the advance notice display is a part of the symbol rows (for example, the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 in a fluctuating manner) A predetermined character is displayed in a state in which a plurality of symbol rows (for example, symbol rows Z2 and Z3) are variably displayed after the symbol row Z1) is stopped and displayed on the effective line L, or the reach display is generated. And the like as a moving image on the display screen G. This preliminary display occurs in both cases where reach display and reach display are not generated, but is set to occur more easily when reach display is generated than when reach display is not generated. It is done.
In addition, a notice display is not limited to this, for example, may change and display a background, and may change and display a form of symbol row Z1-Z3.

Finally, the variation type counter CS will be described. The fluctuation type counter CS is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value each time the update is performed and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198. .
The fluctuation type counter CS is updated at least once every execution of normal processing described later, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time the update is performed.
And MPU62 determines the display continuation time of the pattern in the main display part 45, and the display continuation time of the symbol in the symbol display apparatus 47 based on the value of the fluctuation | variation type | mold counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer. Note that these display durations will be described in detail later.

<About various processes executed by main controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes a timer interrupt process and a normal process for advancing a game, and a main process activated upon power on. The timer interrupt process, the normal process, and the main process will be sequentially described below.
The MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing activated by the input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal) in addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, but the description of this processing is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing.
In the timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 15, the MPU 62 executes steps S101 to S106 periodically (for example, in a cycle of 2 msec).

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes reading processing of the plurality of detection sensors 40a to 40k. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 40a to 40k, determines the states, and saves the states as winning detection information in the RAM 64. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 40a to 40d corresponding to the various winning openings detect the winning of the game ball, the setting of the winning ball command for giving the payout of the winning ball is set and set. The command is sent to the payout control device 70. For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 detects a winning of the gaming ball, a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls, which is a specific unit number, Is sent to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control that causes the payout device 71 to pay out the award balls based on the award ball command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  Further, in step S101, the MPU 62 executes a reading process of the non-motor-operated combination release detection sensor 519. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the state of the non-motor-operated combination release detection sensor 519, determines the state, and stores it in the RAM 64 as non-motor-related combination release information. The MPU 62 executes a predetermined process when it is determined that the non-motor-operated object release detection sensor 519 detects the release of the non-motor-related object 51. The predetermined process will be described in detail later.

  In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI and updates it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. Do. When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI, the MPU 62 clears the value of the random number initial value counter CINI back to zero.

  In step S103, the MPU 62 executes updating of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the motorized combination release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the motorized combination release counter C4, respectively, and updates them. The subsequent value is stored in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of each of the counters C1 to C4, the MPU 62 clears the value of each of the counters C1 to C4 to 0.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes through winning processing. In this through winning process, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40g corresponding to each through gate 41 detects the winning of the gaming ball, the motorized jack release counter C4 updated in step S103. The value of is stored in the electronic holding area 64c. Further, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the third hold lamp unit 49 c, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
The sound emission control device 90 lights the third hold lamp unit 49 c based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of game balls that have won the through gate 41 is four at maximum, and the third hold lamp unit 49c lights up by the number corresponding to the hold number.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the round game execution gate.
Hereinafter, the winning process for the round game execution gate will be described in detail.

<Prize processing for the round game execution gate>
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the winning process for the round game execution gate.
In the winning process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S204 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 executes 16 rounds by determining whether or not the detection sensors 40f and 40i corresponding to the 16 round execution gates (the non-motorized accessory 51 and the holes 533A) detect the entering of the game ball. It is determined whether the gaming ball has entered the gate.
If the MPU 62 determines that the gaming ball has entered the 16 round execution gate in step S201, it sets a 16 round execution flag in the RAM 64 in step S202. The 16-round execution flag is a flag for specifying that entry to the 16-round execution gate has occurred. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the 16 round execution gate in step S201, the MPU 62 corresponds to the 4 round execution gate (hole 533B and hole 533C) in step S203. It is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate by determining whether or not the detection sensors 40 j and 40 k detect the entry of the game ball.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the gaming ball has entered the 4-round execution gate, the MPU 62 sets a 4-round execution flag in the RAM 64 in step S204. The 4-round execution flag is a flag for specifying that the entry to the 4-round execution gate has occurred. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the 4-round execution gate in step S203, the winning for the round game execution gate is performed without executing the processing of step S204 and subsequent steps. End the process.

Returning to the description of the timer interrupt processing, the processing after step S106 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S106, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the operation opening.
Hereinafter, the winning process for the operation port will be described in detail.

<Prize process for operation port>
FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of winning processing for the operation opening.
In the winning process for the operation port, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S307 as shown in FIG.

  In step S301, the MPU 62 determines whether the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper operation port 36 has detected a winning of the gaming ball, thereby determining whether the gaming ball has won (start winning) in the upper operation port 36. Determine if If the MPU 62 determines in step S301 that the gaming ball has won in the upper operation opening 36, it grasps the number of holdings stored in the first result display holding area Ra in step S302, and holds the number. The number is set as a first start storage number RaN in a predetermined storage area in the first result display storage area Ra. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S305 and subsequent steps.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball is not winning in the upper operation opening 36 in step S301, the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operation opening 37 in step S303 wins the game ball It is determined whether or not the gaming ball has won a prize (start prize) in the lower operation opening 37 by determining whether or not the game ball has been detected.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S303 that the game ball has not won in the lower operation opening 37, the winning process for the operation opening ends. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S303 that the gaming ball has won in the lower operation opening 37, it grasps the number of holdings stored in the second result display portion holding area Rb in step S304, The pending count is set as a second start pending storage number RbN in a predetermined storage area in the second result display area pending area Rb. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S305 and subsequent steps.

After executing the processing of step S302 or step S304, in step S305, the MPU 62 sets the start pending storage number N (RaN or RbN) set in step S302 or step S304 to less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment). Determine if there is.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the start pending storage number N is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening. If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the start pending storage number N is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the start pending storage number N to update the value in step S306.

  In step S307, the MPU 62 sets the combinations of the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process among the free storage areas of the result display area reserve area. The first storage area, i.e., the storage area corresponding to the start pending storage number N updated in step S306, is stored as hold information.

  For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start storage number RaN in step S302, each of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. The set of values is stored as hold information in the first storage area of the empty storage areas of the first result display area reserve area Ra, that is, the storage area corresponding to the first start reserve storage number RaN updated in step S306. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” to the first start reserve storage number RaN in step S302, the MPU 62 stores the storage area corresponding to “4” of the first start reserve storage number RaN updated in step S306. The hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

  Also, for example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending storage number RbN in step S304, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. Is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first storage area of the empty storage areas of the second result display area reserve area Rb, that is, the second start reserve storage number RbN updated in step S306 Do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” to the second start pending storage number RbN in step S304, the MPU 62 is a storage area corresponding to “4” of the second start pending storage number RbN updated in step S306. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

In step S307, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the first holding lamp unit 49a or the second holding lamp unit 49b, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operation opening.
The sound emission control device 90 lights the first holding lamp unit 49 a or the second holding lamp unit 49 b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. Further, as described above, the maximum number of game balls reserved in the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 is four at maximum, and the first holding lamp unit 49a or the second holding lamp unit 49b is the holding number. And the corresponding number lights up.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 18 is a flowchart of the normal process.
After executing the below-described main processing that is activated in response to power on, the MPU 62 executes normal processing, which is a main processing for advancing a game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S414 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S401 to S409 in a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S408 to S411 when the remaining time occurs, and executes steps S412 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of step S408. Run.

  In step S401, the MPU 62 executes external output processing for transmitting a command set in the timer interrupt processing or the previous normal processing to each control device on the sub side. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a winning ball command is set, and if it is determined that a winning ball command is set, the winning ball command is sent to the payout control device 70. Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether a command for effect such as a command corresponding to an effect for game circulation or a command corresponding to an effect for open / close execution mode is set, and a command for effect is If it is determined that the setting is made, the command for the effect is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.

  In step S402, the MPU 62 executes updating of the fluctuation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 64. . When the MPU 62 reaches the maximum value when 1 is added to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS, the MPU 62 clears the value of the fluctuation type counter CS back to 0.

In step S403, the MPU 62 executes game number control processing for advancing the game number. In the game number control process, the MPU 62 executes the acceptance lottery and the distribution lottery, and determines the information related to the symbol to be finally displayed on the symbol display device 47 and the symbol to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45. Execute determination of information related to
In step S404, the MPU 62 executes gaming state transition processing for transitioning the gaming state. In the gaming state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each gaming state such as the open / close execution mode, the high probability mode, and the high frequency support mode.
Note that the game number control process of step S403 and the game state transition process of step S404 will be described in detail later.

In step S405, the MPU 62 executes a demonstration display execution determination process. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined demonstration start start waiting period (for example, 30 sec) has elapsed without the start of a new game play after the game play is over. If it is determined that the start waiting period has elapsed, a demo command for starting the demonstration display is transmitted to the voice emission control device 90.
The sound emission control apparatus 90 starts the demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether the start waiting period has elapsed by counting the number of times of execution of the process of step S405. For example, if the start waiting period is 30 seconds and the interval at which the process of step S405 is repeatedly performed is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S405 is performed and reaches 7500 times. Is determined to have passed. The configuration for measuring the start waiting period is optional, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real time clock. When the MPU 62 starts a new game play while counting the number of times of execution of the process of step S405, it resets the value of the count.

  In step S406, the MPU 62 executes a process for supporting the combination for driving control of the motorized part 37a provided in the lower operation port 37. In the electronic-support-support process, the MPU 62 executes an electric-operated-object opening lottery based on the value of the electric-operated-object release counter C4 stored in the electronic-arm holding area 64c of the RAM 64. When the player wins, the opening and closing process of the motorized jack 37a is performed. Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the symbol display portion 46 so as to display the result of the motorized symbol release lottery.

  At step S407, the MPU 62 executes a game ball launch control process. In this game ball emission control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply and emission control device 80 to execute emission control to cause the game ball to be emitted based on the fact that the player rotates the emission handle 27. Specifically, the power / fire control device 80 causes the game ball firing mechanism 81 to fire the game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball firing mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 seconds in the present embodiment). . The solenoid is excited to fire the gaming ball at a firing strength corresponding to the amount of rotational operation of the firing handle 27. Further, the power supply and emission control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball emission mechanism 81 and causes the game ball to be emitted when a predetermined emission condition is satisfied.

  In step S408, the MPU 62 determines whether the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64 or not. The blackout flag is set in the RAM 64 by inputting a blackout signal from the blackout monitoring board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62. The blackout monitoring board 65 outputs this blackout signal when it confirms the occurrence of blackout. The power failure flag is cleared at the next execution of the main processing.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 into a predetermined area such as the RAM 64, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power failure flag by substituting 1 in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64, and clears the power failure flag by substituting 0 in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S408 that the power failure flag is set, the MPU 62 executes the power-off processing after step S412 without executing the processing after step S409. Specifically, in step S412, the MPU 62 prohibits the generation of the timer interrupt process. In step S413, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM determination value (checksum of the RAM 64). In step S414, the MPU 62 prohibits access to the RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power is completely shut off and processing can not be performed.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S408 that the power failure flag is not set, it determines in step S409 whether it is time to execute the next normal processing, that is, the current normal processing. It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start.
If it is determined in step S409 that the timing to execute the next normal process has not been reached, that is, if the remaining time has occurred, the MPU 62 executes updating of the random number initial value counter CINI in step S410. , Update the fluctuation type counter CS. Note that the MPU 62 repeatedly executes steps S408 to S411 until it is determined in step S409 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S409 that the timing to execute the next normal processing has come, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the processing of the next time can be performed by executing step S401 again. Start normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 19 is a flowchart of the main process.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S512 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 executes a start-up process in response to power on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after the power is turned on in order to wait for the sub-side control board (the control board of the audio light emission control device 90 etc.) to become operable. Wait until) has passed.

  In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether 1 sec, which is a permission prohibition period, has elapsed. If it is determined in step S502 that 1 sec has not elapsed, the MPU 62 repeatedly executes the process of step S502. Further, when it is determined in step S502 that 1 sec has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S503 and subsequent steps.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether 1 sec has elapsed by counting the number of executions of the process of step S502. For example, when the interval at which the process of step S502 is repeatedly performed is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times of execution of the process of step S502 and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when reaching 10000 times. The configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is optional, and for example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real time clock.

In step S503, the MPU 62 permits access to the RAM 64.
In step S504, the MPU 62 determines whether the RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power and emission control device 80 is turned on.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erase switch is turned on, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S509 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, it determines in step S505 whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. Do.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S505 that the power failure flag is not set, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S509 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S505 that the power failure flag is set, it calculates a RAM determination value in step S506.
In step S507, the MPU 62 determines the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 with the RAM determination value stored in step S413 (processing upon power interruption) of the normal process, and when these values coincide with each other. The RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and when the values do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S507 that the RAM determination value is not normal, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S509 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S507 that the RAM determination value is normal, it clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S508.

  Note that the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method of checking the consistency of the RAM determination value. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by writing and determining whether or not the keyword is normally written in the main processing.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S504, it determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S505, or the RAM determination value in step S507. If it is determined that is not normal, the processing of step S509 and thereafter is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S509, and executes initialization of the RAM 64 in step S510.

  Therefore, for example, the manager of the game arcade can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch at the start of business of the game arcade. The pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed by the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the processing of step S508 or step S510, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the control board on the sub side (the control board of the audio light emission control device 90, etc.) in step S511. The occurrence of the process is permitted, and the process proceeds to the normal process described above.
Note that the control board on the sub side recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is normally performed by receiving the initial command transmitted in step S511, and executes its own initialization. Do.

<Game times control processing>
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the game number control process.
In the game number control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S609, as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether the open / close execution mode is in progress. If the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is in effect at step S601, the game play control process is ended without executing the process at step S602 and subsequent steps. Therefore, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progression of the game run regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each operation port 36, 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the open / close execution mode flag when transitioning to the open / close execution mode, and clears the open / close execution mode flag when the open / close execution mode ends.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is not in progress in step S601, whether or not the main display unit 45 is in a fluctuating display in step S602, that is, the game is in progress. It is determined whether or not.
When it is determined in step S602 that the main display unit 45 is not displaying the change display, the MPU 62 executes the processing for starting the game play in steps S603 to S605.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S602 that the main display unit 45 is in the variable display mode, the MPU 62 executes the game times progression process of steps S606 to S609.

First, the processing for starting a game run in steps S603 to S605 will be described.
In step S603, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display area Rb. It is determined whether the total number CRN of is less than or equal to "0". If the MPU 62 determines in step S603 that the total number CRN is equal to or less than “0”, the gaming number control process ends.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S603 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, in step S604, the first result display area reserved area Ra or the second result display area reserved area A data setting process is performed to set the hold information stored in Rb for game sequence digestion. Thereafter, in step S605, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to start variable display to execute change start processing for digesting the game play, and ends the game play control processing.
Hereinafter, the data setting process of step S604 and the change start process of step S605 will be described in detail.

FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S711 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start pending storage number RbN of the second result display area reserve area Rb set in step S304 of the winning process for the operation opening is less than or equal to "0". Do. If the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the second start pending storage number RbN is less than or equal to "0", the MPU 62 executes the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S702 to S706, and proceeds to step S701. If it is determined that the second start reservation storage number RbN is not less than or equal to "0", the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S707 to S711 is executed.

As described above, the data setting process sets the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit for digesting the game time, and the data setting process for the first result display unit, and the second result display unit. It has a data setting process for the 2nd result display part which sets up reserve information memorized by reserve area Rb for reserve for game sequence digestion.
Then, when the MPU 62 determines in step S 701 that the second start reservation storage number RbN is not “0” or less, the second result display unit is not executed without executing the data setting process for the first result display unit. Execute data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the hold information stored in the second result display unit holding area Rb based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37, the MPU 62 receives the upper operation opening 36. Regardless of whether or not there is hold information stored in the first result display section holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball, the priority information is preferentially played on the hold information stored in the second result display section holding area Rb. Set for digestion of times.

First, the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S702 to S706 will be described.
In step S702, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start storage number RaN of the first result display area storage area Ra for updating.
In step S703, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display area reserve area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S704, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display unit holding area Ra. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 toward the first area Ra1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the hold information of the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the hold information of the fourth area Ra4 to the third Shift to area Ra3.

  In step S 705, the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag stored in the RAM 64. This second result display unit flag is a flag for specifying which main display unit 45 of the first result display unit 45a and the second result display unit 45b is to start the variable display at the time of the game round It is. In this step S705, since the MPU 62 clears the second result display unit flag, the variation display is displayed on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 when the game time is consumed. Indicates to start.

In step S706, the MPU 62 sets a shift command for recognizing that the shift of the hold information has been performed, transmits the set shift command to the voice emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. This shift command is a voice emission control device that the shift of the hold information is executed for the hold information stored in the first result display hold area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation opening 36 It contains information for making 90 recognize.
The audio light emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first holding lamp unit 49 a based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighting of the first storage lamp portion 49a in accordance with the decrease in the number of reserved game balls that have won in the upper operation opening 36.

Next, data setting processing for the second result display unit in steps S707 to S711 will be described.
In step S 707, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN of the second result display area pending area Rb and updates the value.
At step S708, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display area reserve area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S709, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process of shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the second result display unit holding area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 toward the first area Rb1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the reserve information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the reserve information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, and shifts the reserve information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

  In step S710, the MPU 62 sets a second result display unit flag in the RAM 64. In this step S710, since the MPU 62 has set the second result display unit flag, the second result display unit 45b is variably displayed based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37 when the game time is consumed. Indicates to start.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a shift command for recognizing that the shift of the hold information has been performed, transmits the set shift command to the voice emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. This shift command is a voice emission control device that the shift of the hold information is executed for the hold information stored in the second result display holding area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37 It contains information for making 90 recognize.
The audio light emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second hold lamp unit 49 b based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighting of the second storage lamp portion 49b in accordance with the decrease in the number of reserved game balls that have won in the lower operation opening 37.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S818 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode, in step S802, the low probability mode (refer to FIG. 13A) is read from the ROM table 63 memory area 63a. When it is determined in step S801 that the lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S803, the table for high probability mode (see FIG. 13B) is stored in the ROM 63 in the table memory area 63a. read out.

  After executing the process of step S802 or step S803, the MPU 62 executes a yes / no determination process in step S804. In this success / failure determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success / failure table read in step S802 or step S803, and as a result of the success / failure lottery (success or failure result) Determine As described above, the success or failure result is any of the "big hit", the "special outlier", and the "normal outlier", and the high probability mode is obtained even if the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode. The same is true.

  In step S805, the MPU 62 determines whether the jackpot result determined in step S804 is "big hit." If the MPU 62 determines in step S805 that the success or failure is "big hit", it executes the processing after step S806, and if it is determined in step S805 that the success or failure is not "big hit". , And step S812 and subsequent steps are executed.

First, in step S805, processing (processing in step S806 and subsequent steps) in the case where the MPU 62 determines that the success or failure is "big hit" will be described.
In step S806, the MPU 62 determines whether the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64 or not.

When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S806, the variable display is started on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the gaming ball in the upper operation opening 36. This means that the first distribution table (see FIG. 14A) is read out from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S807.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the second result display unit 45b based on the winning of the gaming ball to the lower operation opening 37. In step S808, the second distribution table (see FIG. 14B) is read out from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S808.

  After executing the processing of step S807 or step S808, the MPU 62 executes distribution determination processing in step S809. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read in step S 807 or S 808 to obtain the distribution lottery result ( Determine the distribution result).

  In step S810, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the jackpot result. In the stop result setting process for the big hit result, the MPU 62 determines in step S 809 the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the first result display unit 45 a or the second result display unit 45 b of the main display unit 45. The determination is made according to the distribution result, and the determined information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 compares the distribution result determined in step S 809 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63 to make the main display unit 45 stop displaying. Determine such information. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the pattern of the symbols to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 with different distribution results.

In step S811, the MPU 62 sets a flag according to the distribution result determined in step S809 in the RAM 64. Specifically, the MPU 62 sets the low probability result flag when specifying that the distribution result is the “low probability result”, and specifies that the “invisible small round high probability result”. In the case, if the implicit small round high probability result flag is set and it is specified that it is the "explicit small round high probability result", the explicit small round high probability result flag is set, and "the most advantageous result" If it is specified that the most advantageous result flag is set. Thereafter, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S816 and subsequent steps.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 executes the determination of the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, the process (process after step S812) when it is determined in step S805 that the MPU 62 determines that the success or failure is not the "big hit" will be described.
In step S812, the MPU 62 determines whether the result of the determination made in step S804 is a "special outlier result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S812 that the success or failure result is a "specially outlier result", it executes the processing of step S813 and subsequent steps, and if it determines that the success or failure result is not a "specially outlier result" in step S812. In step S815, the processing in step S815 and the subsequent steps is performed.

In step S813, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the special removal result. In the stop result setting process for the special out result, the MPU 62 determines information on a pattern to be finally displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and the determination is made. The stored information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the special out result stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45. The aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the special out result is different from the aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the big hit result.
In step S 814, the MPU 62 sets a special out flag in the RAM 64.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result is a "special outlier" by referring to the special outlier flag.

  On the other hand, in step S815, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the normal removal result. In the stop result setting process for the normal out result, the MPU 62 determines information on the pattern to be finally displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and the determination is made. The stored information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal removal result stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine the information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45. The aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the normal out result is different from the aspect of the pattern set in the stop result table for the big hit result and the stop result table for the special out result.

After executing any of the processes of step S811, step S814, and step S815, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting a display continuation time (display continuation period) in step S816.
In the setting processing of the display continuation time, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the fluctuation type counter CS stored in the fluctuation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

  Further, in the setting process of the display continuation time, the MPU 62 determines whether the reach display occurs in the symbol display device 47 or not. Specifically, when the distribution result determined in step S809 is “low probability result” or “most favorable result”, the MPU 62 determines that the result of determination determined in step S804 is “normally out of place result”. At the same time, when the reach occurrence lottery is won, it is determined that the reach display occurs. As described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b. Execute a reach occurrence lottery.

When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display occurs, the fluctuation type counter acquired from the fluctuation type counter buffer by referring to the reach generation display continuation time table stored in the reach table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. The display duration corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in the display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table stored in the reach table storage area 63 c of the ROM 63 for variation type counter The display continuation time corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS acquired from the buffer is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in the display continuation time counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64.

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table is set to shorten the display continuation time as the number of holdings increases. Therefore, the display continuation time at the time of digesting the hold information concerning the upper operation port 36 is set to be shorter as the number of holdings concerning the upper operation port 36 increases. The display continuation time when digesting the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 is set so as to be shorter as the number of hold for the lower operation port 37 increases. Further, the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table is set so as to shorten the display continuation time when the support mode is the high frequency support mode as compared with the low frequency support mode. In other words, if the pending number is the same, the display duration in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

  Note that the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table may be set in a reverse relationship to the above-described relationship, such as the display continuation time becomes longer as the number of pending items increases, and the number of pending occurrences and the support mode may be set. It may be configured not to change. Also, the display duration table may be set individually for each of the pass / fail result and the distribution result.

In step S817, the MPU 62 sets a variation command and a type command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the change command and the type command set in step S817 to the sound emission control device 90.
The audio light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

The variation command includes information related to the display duration. In addition, the variation command does not include information as to whether or not reach indication occurs.
Here, as described above, the display continuation time determined by referring to the reach generation display continuation time table and the display continuation time determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table are mutually different. It is different.
Therefore, even if information on whether reach display occurs or not is not included in the variation command, reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 that is the control device on the sub side based on the information related to the display continuation time. It is possible to determine if it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the change command indirectly includes information as to whether or not the reach indication occurs. Note that the change command may directly include the information as to whether or not the reach display occurs.

The type command includes information on the result of the pass / fail. In other words, the type command includes, as the information related to the result of the success or failure, each piece of information related to the "big hit", the "special outlier", and the "normal outlier". Also, the type command includes information related to the distribution result. In other words, the type command includes, as information related to the distribution result, each of the "low probability result", "invisible small round high probability result", "explicit small round high probability result", and "most favorable result" Contains information.
In the following description, the result of the determination and the result of the distribution are collectively referred to as a game result. In other words, the type command includes information related to the game result.

In step S 818, the MPU 62 determines whether the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64 and causes the main display unit 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the fluctuation start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first game based on the winning of the game ball in the upper operation opening 36 when digesting the game time. Since it is shown that the variable display is started on the result display unit 45a, the variable display is started on the first result display unit 45a.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, the second game processing is performed based on the winning of the game ball in the lower operation opening 37 when the game time is consumed. Since it is shown that the change display is started on the result display unit 45b, the change display is started on the second result display unit 45b.

Returning to the description of the game number control process, the game number progressing process of steps S606 to S609 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S602, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is displaying a change, and if it is determined that the main display unit 45 displays a change, the game times for steps S606 to S609 are advanced. Execute the process

  In step S606, the MPU 62 determines whether the display duration time set in step S816 of the change start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display continuation time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S606 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, it executes the variable display process in step S607. In the variable display process, the MPU 62 updates the display of the main display unit 45 during the variable display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game play control process.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S606 that the display continuation time has elapsed, it executes the fluctuation end process in step S608. In this variation end process, the MPU 62 stores the information stored in the RAM 64 in any of the process of step S810, step S813, and step S815 of the variation start process executed when causing the main display unit 45 to start the variation display (main The information related to the pattern to be finally displayed on the display unit 45 as a stop is specified. Then, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 so as to display a pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display unit 45 in a variable display mode at the end of the game run.

Here, the symbols to be finally displayed on the main display unit 45 are different for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game arcade or the like can check the game result by visually checking the main display unit 45 at the end of the game play. According to this, the manager of the game arcade, etc., for example, simply confirms whether or not the cheating attempt is made to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the same behavior as in the case of winning the jackpot occurrence lottery. Can be done.
Further, the main display unit 45 has a narrow display area as compared with the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, and the symbols displayed on the main display unit 45 as the stop display are made to stop display on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, when the game is over, the player checks not the main display unit 45 but the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 to determine whether or not the jackpot has been won, and so on. The degree of attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S609, the MPU 62 sets a change end command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the change end command set in step S609 to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game play control process.
In addition, the sound emission control apparatus 90 performs the process for ending the presentation of the game time based on the change end command transmitted from MPU62. Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to end the effects of the game play independently without requiring the reception of the change end command.

<Playing state transition processing>
FIG. 23 is a view showing a flowchart of gaming state transition processing.
In the gaming state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S914, as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress.
When it is determined in step S901 that the open / close execution mode is not in effect, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S902 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is in progress in step S901, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S911 and thereafter.

First, in step S901, processing when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is not in progress (processing in step S902 and subsequent steps) will be described.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended. If the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that the variable display of the main display unit 45 has not ended, the gaming state transition processing ends.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that the variable display of the main display unit 45 is finished, whether or not the result of the acceptance corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode in step S903. Determine if Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether the success or failure result is a "big hit" or a "special off result".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the acceptance result corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 64 sets the open / close execution mode flag in the RAM 64, and then executes the processing of step S904 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S 903 that the result of the acceptance or rejection does not correspond to the transition to the open / close execution mode (if it is determined that the result of the acceptance is “normally out of place”) End the state transition process.

In step S904, the MPU 62 determines whether the pass / fail result is the “extra outlier result”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the acceptance result is the "special outlier result", the MPU 62 sets "2" to the open / close counter SOC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S905. The opening / closing counter SOC is a counter for specifying by the MPU 62 the total number of times of opening and closing the special winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 when shifting to the opening / closing execution mode.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the success or failure result is not the "special outlier result", that is, if it determines that the success or failure result is "big hit", the distribution result in step S906. It is determined whether or not is a small round high probability result (“invisible small round high probability result” or “explicit small round high probability result”).

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S 906 that the distribution result is a small round high probability result, in step S 907, the MPU 62 sets “2” to the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64. If the MPU 62 determines in step S 906 that the distribution result is not a small round high probability result, that is, if it determines that the distribution result is a “low probability result” or a “most favorable result”, In S908, the process of setting the number of rounds is executed. In the round number setting process, the MPU 62 sets “4” or “16” to the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64. The round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games with the MPU 62 when shifting to the open / close execution mode.

FIG. 24 is a flowchart of the process of setting the number of rounds.
In the round number setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1012 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 clears the round game execution flag (four round execution flag and sixteen round execution flag) stored in the RAM 64.
In step S1002, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the non-motorized part 51 is open by determining whether or not the non-motorized part open detection sensor 519 detects the opening of the non-motorized part 51. Do.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the non-motor-operated object 51 is not open, the MPU 62 sets a non-opening command in step S1003. The MPU 62 transmits the non-opening command set in step S1003 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S401 of the normal processing.
The sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the non-opening command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the non-motor-operated object 51 is being released, it sets an open time command in step S1004. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the release command set in step S1004 to the sound emission control device 90.
The audio light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the release time command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

  After executing the process of step S1003 or step S1004, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of a lone route in step S1005. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 to the cruise route.

  In step S1006, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the round game execution flag (four round execution flag or sixteen round execution flag) is set in the RAM 64. In other words, the MPU 62 determines whether the gaming ball has entered the round game execution gate (four-round execution gate or sixteen-round execution gate) after executing the setting process of the cruise route.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 executes step S1006 again.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the round game execution flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S1006, it determines whether or not the four round execution flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S1007. .

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1007 that the 4-round execution flag is set in the RAM 64, it sets "4" in the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 in step S1008.
In step S1009, the MPU 62 sets a 4-round execution command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the four-round execution command set in step S1009 to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
The sound emission control apparatus 90 executes predetermined processing based on the four-round execution command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the 4-round execution flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S1007 (when it is determined that the 16-round execution flag is set in the RAM 64), the process proceeds to step S1010. The round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 is set to "16".
In step S1011, the MPU 62 sets a 16-round execution command. The MPU 62 transmits the 16-round execution command set in step S1011 to the sound emission control apparatus 90 in step S401 of the normal processing.
The audio light emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the 16-round execution command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

  After executing the processing of step S1009 or step S1011, the MPU 62 executes the setting processing of the discharge route in step S1012. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the round number setting process.

As described above, the MPU 62 sets the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route, and then the right side variable ball entry based on the game ball entering the round game execution gate (4 round execution gate or 16 round execution gate) Since the mechanism 52 is set to the discharge route, the clone 53 may cause a plurality of game balls to be lighted at the timing of setting the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the discharge route. In this case, since the MPU 62 sets the number of round games based on the round game execution gate at which any of the plurality of game balls first enters, the game to the player Can improve the degree of attention.
In addition, in this embodiment, although the clune 53 is comprised so that a some game ball may be made to enter a ball, you may be comprised so that the case where a some game ball may not be made to enter may be made.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of open / close execution modes having different end conditions. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has, as the open / close execution mode, the number-of-rounds defining mode in which transition is made when the success / failure result is “big hit” and the number of switchings in transition when the success / failure result is “specially out” And a prescribed mode.

The round number regulation mode ends on the condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The open / close number setting mode ends on the condition that a predetermined total number of opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a has been executed, or that a predetermined number of gaming balls have won the special winning opening 38a. Here, the total number of times of opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a corresponds to the value set in the opening and closing counter SOC. This open / close number setting mode does not end on the condition of the number of round game executions.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 performs opening and closing of the one big winning opening 38 a for one round game. In addition, one round game continues until any one of the following two conditions is met. In other words, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) A predetermined upper limit continuation time (upper limit continuation period) elapses (2) The total number of winning game balls to the large winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number

Returning to the description of the gaming state transition processing, the processing after step S909 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing any of the processes in step S905, step S907, and step S908, in step S909, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 as a waiting time (waiting period) for opening. Set "1000". The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is optional.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S 903 that the result of the acceptance corresponds to the transition to the open / close execution mode, the waiting time for opening the timer counter T regardless of the type of the game result. set. In other words, the waiting time for opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
Note that the waiting time for opening is not limited to this, and may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of the game result, for example, to the extent that the player recognizes the same. In addition, for example, the waiting time for opening is largely different between when it is the game result of “low probability result” or “most advantageous result” and when it is the game result other than these, etc., the game result It may be configured to be largely different according to the type of

In step S910, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process. The opening command includes information on the game result that has triggered the transition to the open / close execution mode. In addition, the opening command includes information on the number of round games, when the game result is the "low probability result" or the "most favorable result". The MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S 910 to the sound emission control apparatus 90 in step S 401 of the normal processing.
The sound emission control apparatus 90 recognizes the transition to the open / close execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process. This process will be described in detail later.

Next, the process (process after step S911) when it is determined in step S901 that the MPU 62 is in the open / close execution mode will be described.
In step S911, the MPU 62 executes a special winning opening / closing process.

FIG. 25 is a view showing a flowchart of the special winning opening / closing process.
In the special winning opening / closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1124 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether the special winning opening 38a is open.
When it is determined in step S1101 that the special winning opening 38a is not open, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1102 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the special winning opening 38a is open, it executes the processing of step S1106 and subsequent steps.

First, processing (processing after step S1102) when it is determined in step S1101 that the special winning opening 38a is not open by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1102, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open / close counter SOC is “0” or less and the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that both the value of the opening / closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are “0” or less, the special winning opening / closing process is ended.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that at least one of the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, in step S1103 It is determined whether the value is less than or equal to "0".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it ends the special winning opening / closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, it executes the special winning opening open processing in step S1104.
Hereinafter, the special winning opening opening process of step S1104 will be described in detail.

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the special winning opening opening process.
In the special winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1201 to S1207 as shown in FIG.
In step S1201, the MPU 62 determines whether the pass / fail result is the “extra outlier result”.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the acceptance result is the "special outlier result", then in step S1202 the MPU 62 sets "8" in the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. In S1203, "85" is set to the timer counter T. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the success or failure result is not the "special outlier result", it sets "8" to the winning counter PC in step S1204, and the distribution result in step S1205. It is determined whether or not is a small round high probability result (“invisible small round high probability result” or “explicit small round high probability result”).

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1205 that the distribution result is the small round high probability result, the MPU 62 sets “85” to the timer counter T in step S1203 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1205 that the distribution result is not a small round high probability result, the MPU 62 sets “15000” in the timer counter T in step S1206. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

  After executing the processing of step S1203 or step S1206, the MPU 62 executes open execution processing of the special winning opening 38a in step S1207. In the release execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open / close door 38b in an open state by executing drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC in step S1202 or step S1204 defines the upper limit of the total winning number of gaming balls to the special winning opening 38a.
Further, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1203 or step S1206 defines the upper limit continuation time until the closed state is set again after the open / close door 38b is set in the open state. Therefore, as described above, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit durations different in length by setting “85” or “15000” in the timer counter T. Specifically, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit continuation time to 30 seconds (long-term mode) and sets the upper limit continuation time to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than that of the long mode (short-term mode (short-term mode). Mode) is set.

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the gaming ball firing mechanism 81 to fire the gaming ball by exciting the solenoid of the gaming ball firing mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. Further, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a to eight by setting “8” to the winning counter PC.
Therefore, since the upper limit duration of the long time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls to the large winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls, the upper limit of 8 game balls which is the upper limit. It is easy to win a prize in the special winning opening 38a.
On the other hand, the upper limit continuation time of the short time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls Because it is shorter than the cycle), it is difficult to win the game ball in the big winning opening 38a. Depending on the timing, it is possible to win about one game ball in the big winning opening 38a.

Returning to the explanation of the special winning opening / closing process, the processes after step S1105 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the special winning opening opening process of step S1104, the MPU 62 sets an opening command in step S1105. Further, the MPU 62 transmits the release command set in step S1105 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S401 of the normal processing. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b is set to the open state based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, processing (processing after step S1106) when it is determined in step S1101 that the special winning opening 38a is being opened by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1106, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit continuation time set in the timer counter T in step S1203 or step S1206 of the special winning opening opening process has elapsed.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it executes the processing of step S1107 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, it executes the processing of step S1118 and subsequent steps.

First, in step S1106, processing (processing in step S1107 and subsequent steps) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less will be described.
In step S1107, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a winning on the special winning opening 38a has occurred. The determination as to whether or not a winning in the special winning opening 38a has occurred is performed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the special winning opening 38a.

When it is determined in step S1107 that the winning of the special winning opening 38a has not occurred, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1107 that a winning on the special winning opening 38a has occurred, the value of the winning counter PC is decremented by 1 and updated in step S1108.

In step S1109, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1109 that the value of the winning counter PC is not "0" or less, it ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1109 that the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes a closing execution process in step S1110. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable prize drive unit 38c.

In step S1111, the MPU 62 sets a closing command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in step S1111 to the sound emission control apparatus 90.
The audio light emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state based on the close command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

In step S1112, the MPU 62 determines whether the result of the acceptance or rejection is the “special outlier result”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that the acceptance result is the "special outlier result", the MPU 62 executes processing in step S1123 and later described later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that the result of the pass / fail is not the “special outlier result”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1113 and subsequent steps.
In step S1113, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1114, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1114 that the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the value of the timer counter T is set to "500" in step S1115. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.

  Here, after setting the open / close door 38b to the open state, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1115 is set to the close state again, and is then waited until the open / close door 38b is set to the open state again It defines the time. In the present embodiment, the open standby time is 1 sec. The open standby time is the same regardless of the type and progress of the open / close execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1114 that the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1116 and subsequent steps.
In step S1116, the MPU 62 sets "2000" in the timer counter T as the waiting time (waiting period) for ending. The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed, as described above. Therefore, the waiting time for ending is 4 seconds. The waiting time for ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for ending is the same as the waiting time for opening regardless of the type of the game result. That is, the waiting time for ending is the same regardless of the type of the open / close execution mode.
Note that the waiting time for ending is not limited to this, and may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of the game result, for example, to the extent that the player recognizes as similar. In addition, for example, the waiting time for ending is largely different between when it is the game result of the “low probability result” or the “most advantageous result” and when it is the game result other than these, etc., the game result It may be configured to be largely different according to the type of

In step S1117, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. This ending command includes information as to whether or not the non-motor-operated part 51 is open. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the non-motorized item 51 is being opened by determining whether or not the non-motorized item opening detection sensor 519 detects the opening of the non-motorized item 51. This information is included in the ending command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S1117 to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening / closing process.
The audio light emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the open / close execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, the process (the process after step S1118) when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less in step S1106 will be described.
In step S1118, the MPU 62 executes the closing execution process as in step S1110 described above.
In step S1119, the MPU 62 sets a closing command as in step S1111 described above.

In step S1120, the MPU 62 determines whether the pass / fail result is the “special outlier result”.
If it is determined in step S1120 that the success or failure result is not the "special outlier result", that is, if it is determined that the success or failure result is "big hit", the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1121 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1120 that the pass / fail result is the “special outlier result”, the MPU 62 executes the process of step S1123 and subsequent steps.

First, in step S1120, processing (processing in step S1121 and subsequent steps) when the MPU 62 determines that the result of the determination is not the “special outlier result” will be described.
In step S1121, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1122, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1122 that the value of the round counter RC is not “0” or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1115 and subsequent steps described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1122 that the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the above-described processing from S1116.

Next, processing (processing in step S1123 and subsequent steps) when it is determined in step S1112 or step S1120 that the MPU 62 determines that the acceptance result is the “special outlier result” will be described.
In step S1123, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the open / close counter SOC for update.

In step S1124, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open / close counter SOC is "0" or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1124 that the value of the open / close counter SOC is not "0" or less, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1115 and subsequent steps described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1124 that the value of the open / close counter SOC is “0” or less, the MPU 62 executes the above-described processing of S1116 and subsequent steps.

Returning to the description of the gaming state transition processing, the processing after step S912 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the special winning opening / closing process of step S911, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the opening / closing counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less in step S912. judge.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that at least one of the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, the gaming state transition process is ended.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that both the value of the open / close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are "0" or less, the value of the timer counter T is "0" in step S913. It is determined whether it is 0 or less.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S913 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, the gaming state transition process is ended.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less in step S913, it clears the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S914, Execute transition processing at the end of open / close execution mode. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition process.
The transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode will be described in detail below.

FIG. 27 is a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode.
In the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1301 to S1312, as shown in FIG.
In step S1301, the MPU 62 determines whether the distribution result is "the most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the distribution result is “the most advantageous result” or “the explicit small round high probability result”, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S1302 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the distribution result is not the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result", the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1305 and subsequent steps.

First, the process (the process after step S1302) when it is determined in step S1301 that the distribution result is "the most advantageous result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1302, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.

In step S1303, the MPU 62 clears the number limit flag stored in the RAM 64.
Here, in the high-frequency support mode, when the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 and the number-of-times restriction flag is not set, the high-frequency support mode continues at least until a "big hit" in the winning lottery.

  In step S1304, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64. If the high probability mode flag is already set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains this. By this, the MPU 62 sets the pass / fail lottery mode to the high probability mode. This high probability mode continues at least until it becomes a "big hit" in the lottery. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.

  In addition, when the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode is ended, the MPU 62 sets the flags set in the RAM 64 in accordance with the distribution result (low probability result flag, implicit small round high probability result flag, explicit small round high Clear the positive result flag and the most favorable result flag) and the special out flag. Further, in step S801 of the above-mentioned fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 determines whether the high probability mode is the high probability mode by determining whether the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64 or not. There is.

Next, the process (the process after step S1305) when it is determined in step S1301 that the distribution result is not the “most advantageous result” or the “explicit small round high probability result” by the MPU 62 will be described.
In step S1305, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is the “invisible small round high probability result”.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the distribution result is “invisible small round high probability result”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1306 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the distribution result is not the “invisible small round high probability result”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1308 and subsequent steps.

First, in step S1305, processing (processing in step S1306 and subsequent steps) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the distribution result is “invisible small round high probability result” will be described.
In step S1306, the MPU 62 determines whether the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 or not.

If it is determined in step S1306 that the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1303 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the high frequency support flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S1306, it sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64 in step S1307. If the high probability mode flag is already set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains this. By this, the MPU 62 sets the pass / fail lottery mode to the high probability mode. This high probability mode continues at least until it becomes a "big hit" in the lottery. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.

Next, processing in the case where it is determined in step S1305 that the distribution result is not the “invisible small round high probability result” in the MPU 62 (processing in step S1308 and subsequent steps) will be described.
In step S1308, the MPU 62 determines whether the distribution result is a "low probability result".

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1308 that the sorting result is not the “low probability result” (if it is determined that the yes or no result is the “special out result”), the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode is ended. Do.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1308 that the distribution result is the “low probability result”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1309 and subsequent steps.

  In step S1309, the MPU 62 clears the high probability mode flag. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the pass / fail lottery mode to the low probability mode. This low probability mode continues until at least a "lot hit" is made in the winning lottery, and the distribution result is other than the "low result".

In step S1310, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
In step S1311, the MPU 62 sets “100” to the value of the game number counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
In step S1312, the MPU 62 sets the number limit flag in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the number limit flag if it is already set in the RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode.

Here, in the high-frequency support mode, when the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 and the number-of-times restriction flag is set, 100 games, which is the end reference number of times set in the game number counter Continue until you have digested the times. The MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag and the number-of-times restriction flag when it has digested 100 game times. By this, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
Although the MPU 62 executes these processes as the process for supporting the electronic combination in step S406 of the normal process, the detailed description will be omitted.

  As described above, the game state is the current when the jackpot is won in the winning lottery and the sorting result in the sorting lottery is the "most favorable result" or the "precise small round high probability result". After the opening / closing execution mode (that is, the round number specification mode) is ended regardless of the gaming state, the mode is shifted to the high probability mode and the mode is shifted to the high frequency support mode. The high probability mode and the high frequency support mode continue at least until a "big hit" is obtained in the pass / fail lottery.

  Also, when the current support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the jackpot wins in the hit lottery, and the sorting result in the sorting lottery is the “invisible small round high probability result”, The game state shifts to the high probability mode and shifts to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode (that is, the round number specification mode) ends. The high probability mode and the high frequency support mode continue at least until a "big hit" is obtained in the pass / fail lottery.

  On the other hand, when the current support mode is the low frequency support mode, the jackpot wins in the hit / off lottery, and the sorting result in the sorting lottery becomes the "invisible small round high probability result" The game state shifts to the high probability mode and shifts to the low frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode (that is, the round number specification mode) ends. The high probability mode and the low frequency support mode continue at least until a "big hit" is obtained in the pass / fail lottery.

  In addition, when it becomes “big hit winning” in the success or failure lottery and the distribution result becomes “low certainty result” in the distribution lottery, the game state is the open / close execution mode (that is, regardless of the current game state) After the end of the round number specification mode), transition to the low probability mode and transition to the frequent support mode are made. The low probability mode continues at least until the jackpot is won in the lottery, and the high-frequency support mode is low when 100 game times have been consumed without becoming the jackpot in the lottery. Transition to frequency support mode.

  In addition, when the jackpot does not become the "big hit", that is, when the result of the win is "special out" or "normal out", the gaming state does not shift.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition process is opened and closed when the game ball enters any of the non-electric role object 51 and each hole 533A to 533C after the game state is shifted to the open / close execution mode. It functions as specific control start means which starts the game of execution mode.

<Electric Configuration of Audio Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the sound emission control apparatus and the display control apparatus.
As shown in FIG. 28, the voice emission control device 90 includes a voice emission control substrate 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the voice emission control substrate 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 93 is executed, and is a volatile storage means requiring an external power supply when storing the stored information. It is. The RAM 94 has various areas such as a command list storage area 94a.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main control unit 60 as described above. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to the various lamp units 23 and 49 a to 49 c, the speaker unit 24, and the display control device 100.
The MPU 92 executes drive control of the various lamp units 23, 49 a to 49 c and the speaker unit 24 based on a command transmitted from the main control device 60.
Further, the MPU 92 transmits commands as a result of analyzing these commands to the display control apparatus 100. The audio light emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of the signal line.

  The display control apparatus 100 includes a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 constituting the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104 are integrated into a chip. The MPU 102, the VDP 105, the character ROM 106, and the video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

  The MPU 102 analyzes a command transmitted from the audio light emission control device 90 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on the command to execute control of the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 controls the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the program ROM 103 is executed, and is volatile which requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. It is a storage means.

  The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the symbol display device 47. Since the VDP 105 is formed into an IC chip, it is also referred to as a “drawing chip”, and its substance is to be said to be a microcomputer chip incorporating firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102, and stores the image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 47. The character ROM 106 holds bit map format image data of various patterns, a color pallet table to be referred to when determining a color to be expressed in each dot of the bit map image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 47, and the display content of the symbol display device 47 is changed by rewriting the content of the video RAM 107.

<About the timer interrupt process executed by the voice emission control device 90>
FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the voice emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 29, the MPU 92 executes steps S1401 to S1405 periodically (for example, in a cycle of 2 msec).

  In step S1401, the MPU 92 executes command storage processing. In the command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 stores the command in the RAM 94. Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading the command received from the MPU 62, and the MPU 92 stores the command in the ring buffer in the order received from the MPU 62. The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in accordance with the order stored in the ring buffer.

In step S1402, the MPU 92 executes effect determination processing based on the command received from the MPU 62. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines an effect for game circulation, an effect for the open / close execution mode, and the like.
In step S1403, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the contents of the effect determination process of step S1402. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the various lamp units 23, 49a to 49c, and executes the sound control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S1404, the MPU 92 executes a demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command received from the MPU 62. In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined start waiting period for demonstration start (for example, 30 seconds) has elapsed without the start of a new game play after the game play is over. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23 and executes voice control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S1405, a command transmission process for transmitting the command set in the effect determination process of step S1402 to the display control apparatus 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94 to the display control apparatus 100, and displays various commands in the display control apparatus 100. If it is determined that the transmission timing has arrived, the command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the timer interrupt process.

<About the effect determination process executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes the effect determination process in order to execute effects for game use, effects for the open / close execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1518 as shown in FIG.

In step S1501, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1501 that each command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1509 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1501 that each command has been received, the game result is "most favorable result" or "low probability" in step S1502 based on the contents of the type command. It is determined whether it is a result.

  If the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the game result is "the most advantageous result" or the "low probability result", in step S1503, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing corresponding to the type of the game result. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is "the most advantageous result", the same odd number or the same even number as the stop result to be finally displayed on the effective line L as the stop display If the information related to the combination of the symbols having the numbers is determined and it is determined that the game result is "low probability result", the same even number is displayed as the stop result to be finally displayed on the activated line L for stop display Determine the information related to the combination of symbols you have. The odd and even numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1502 that the game result is not the "most favorable result" or the "low probability result", the game result is "based on the content of the type command" in step S1504. It is determined whether or not the result is “normally out of place”
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1504 that the game result is not the "normal out result", that is, the game result is "special out result", "invisible small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result" If any of the above, the common symbol determination process is executed in step S1505. In the symbol determination processing for common use, the MPU 92 determines information concerning a combination of special symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Specifically, the MPU 92 is not a combination of symbols having the same number, but a combination of special symbols having different numbers which are not selected in the case of a “normally out-of-order” result in the result of the lottery (for example, Decide "3.4.1". In addition, the combination of this special symbol is the same regardless of the type of the game result.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1504 that the game result is a "normal out result", the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing for normal out in step S1506. In the symbol determination processing for normal removal, the MPU 92 determines whether or not reach display occurs based on the content of the variation command.

When it is determined that the reach display occurs, the MPU 92 determines the information related to the combination of the reach display symbols as the stop result of the final stop display on the valid line L. In addition, the combination of the symbols of the reach display is randomly determined by lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the reach display does not occur, the information related to the combination of the symbols different from the combination of the respective symbols described above as the stop result of the final stop display on the effective line L decide. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a symbol of a combination different from any of the combination of symbols having the same number, the combination of special symbols, and the combination of reach display symbols by lottery or the like.

  After executing any of the processes of step S1503, step S1505, and step S1506, the MPU 92 executes an effect pattern determination process in step S1507. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 refers to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93 to select an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects, as the effect pattern, the effect continuation time (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect. Note that, in step S1507, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery as to whether or not the advance notice is to be generated.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the selected effect pattern.

  In step S1508, the MPU 92 sets a change start command and a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in any of the processes in steps S1503, S1505, and S1506. Then, the MPU 92 stores the change start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The fluctuation start command and the stop result command are transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 uses the program ROM 103 to execute a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to display the start and stop results of the variable display based on the change start command and the stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92. read out. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, after the symbol display device 47 starts the variable display, the symbol display device 47 finally causes the effective line L to stop and display the stop result determined by the MPU 92.

After executing the process of step S1508, or if it is determined in step S1501 that the fluctuation command and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processes of step S1509 and thereafter.
In step S1509, the MPU 92 executes round number determination processing.

FIG. 31 is a flowchart of the process of determining the number of rounds.
In the process of determining the number of rounds, the MPU 92 executes steps S1601 to S1612 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, the MPU 92 determines whether the non-opening command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If it is determined in step S1601 that the non-opening command has been received, the MPU 92 executes non-opening presentation determination processing in step S1602. In the non-opening effect determination process, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the non-opening command by referring to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected effect.

  In step S1603, the MPU 92 sets a non-opening effect command related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of step S1602. Then, the MPU 92 stores the non-opening effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The non-opening effect command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the non-opening effect on the symbol display device 47 based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes an effect at the time of non-opening.

After executing the process of step S1603 or when determining in step S1601 that the non-opening command has not been received, whether or not the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received in step S1604 It is determined whether or not.
If it is determined in step S1604 that the release command is received, the MPU 92 executes an open effect determination process in step S1605. In the process of determining the opening effect, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the opening command by referring to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected effect.

  In step S1606, the MPU 92 sets an opening effect command relating to the opening effect determined in the opening effect determination process of step S1605. Then, the MPU 92 stores the release effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The open effect command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to perform opening effect based on the opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes an effect at the time of opening.

Whether the MPU 92 has received the 4-round execution command transmitted from the MPU 62 in step S1607 after executing the processing of step S1606 or when determining that the release command is not received in step S1604 It is determined whether or not.
If it is determined in step S1607 that the 4-round execution command has been received, the MPU 92 executes 4-round execution effect determination processing in step S1608. In this four-round execution effect determination process, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the four-round execution command by referring to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected effect.

  In step S1609, the MPU 92 sets a command for 4-round execution effect relating to the 4-round execution effect determined in the determination process of the 4-round execution effect in step S1608. Then, the MPU 92 stores the 4-round execution presentation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The command for four-round execution effect is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute the 4-round execution effect based on the 4-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes a four-round execution effect.

After executing the process of step S1609, or if it is determined in step S1607 that the 4-round execution command has not been received, the MPU 92 receives the 16-round execution command transmitted from the MPU 62 in step S1610. Determine if there is.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1610 that a 16-round execution command has been received, it determines the 16-round execution effect in step S1611. In the process of determining the sixteen-round execution effect, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the sixteen-round execution command by referring to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected effect.

  In step S1612, the MPU 92 sets a command for 16-round execution effect relating to the 16-round execution effect determined in the determination process of the 16-round execution effect in step S1611. Then, the MPU 92 stores the command for 16 round execution effect in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The 16-round execution effect command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute 16-round execution effect based on the 16-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 executes sixteen round execution effects.

  After executing the process of step S1612 or when determining in step S1610 that the 16-round execution command has not been received, the MPU 92 ends the process of determining the number of rounds.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the process after step S1510 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1510, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

If it is determined in step S1510 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1514 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the opening command is received in step S1510, it determines the type of the game result based on the content of the opening command in step S1511.

  In step S1512, the MPU 92 executes an effect determination process for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S1511. In the process of determining the effect for the opening / closing execution mode, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “special out result” or the “invisible small round high probability result” in step S 1511, the processing for the opening / closing execution mode The effect A is selected as the effect. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is "the most advantageous result" and determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 or the effect D1 as the effect for the open / close execution mode Do. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is "the most advantageous result" and determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 or the effect D2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode Do. In addition, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is “low probability result” and determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect D1 as the effect for the open / close execution mode. In addition, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is “low probability result” and determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect D2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode.

The durations of effect A and effect B correspond to the time when opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is performed twice in a short time mode in the opening and closing execution mode. Further, the continuation time of the effects C1 and D1 corresponds to the time when opening and closing the special winning opening 38a is performed four times in a long time mode in the opening and closing execution mode. Further, the continuation time of the effect C2 and the effect D2 corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is performed 16 times in a long time mode in the opening and closing execution mode.
In the following description, the effects C1 and C2 are also simply referred to as effects C, and the effects D1 and D2 are also simply referred to as effects D.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the selection result of the effects A to D.

  In step S1513, the MPU 92 sets an open / close execution mode command including information related to the effect for the open / close execution mode selected in step S1512. Then, the MPU 92 stores the open / close execution mode command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The open / close execution mode command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to produce effects for the open / close execution mode based on the open / close execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 47 executes the effect for the open / close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90.

After executing the process of step S1513, or when determining that the opening command has not been received in step S1510, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S1514 and subsequent steps.
In step S1514, the MPU 92 determines whether an ending command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1518 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ending command has been received in step S1514, it executes an open determination processing of the non-motorized combination in step S1515. In the release determination process of the non-motorized combination, the MPU 92 determines whether the non-motorized combination 51 is in the open state based on the content of the ending command.

  In step S1516, the MPU 92 executes a process of determining the ending effect corresponding to the state of the non-motor-operated part 51 determined in step S1515. In the determination process of the ending effect, when the MPU 92 determines that the non-electric character object 51 is not open at step S1515 (when it is determined that the non-electric character object 51 is closing), the opening of the non-electric character object 51 is performed as the ending effect. Select a normal effect that does not notify the player. On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-motor-actuated item 51 is open, the MPU 92 selects an open notification effect in which the player is notified of the opening of the non-motor-actiated object 51 as an ending effect. Do.

  In step S1517, the MPU 92 sets an ending effect command related to the ending effect (normal effect or release notification effect) determined in the ending effect determination process of step S1516. Then, the MPU 92 stores the ending effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The ending effect command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the ending effect on the symbol display device 47 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes the ending effect.

  After executing the process of step S1517, or when determining that the ending command has not been received in step S1514, the MPU 92 executes other processes in step S1518. In the other processes, the MPU 92 executes a process for advancing the effect for the open / close execution mode based on, for example, the release command and the close command transmitted from the MPU 62. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect determination process.

<About the relationship between the game result and the game state>
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like based on the execution of various processes will be described.
FIG. 32 is a view showing the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like. Specifically, FIG. 32 is a view showing the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like excluding the “normally out of place result”, the game results are arranged in the column direction, and the game state and the like are arranged in the row direction.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 32, as a game result excluding the “normally out of place result”, the success or failure result of the “big hit” and the “outside of special result”, “invisible small round high probability result”, “explicitly It has the distribution results of “small round high probability result”, “most favorable result”, and “low probability result”.

Here, as shown in the second row of Table 2 of FIG. 32, the "special outlier result" is a game result that is selected when the "big hit" has not been made in the lottery for success or failure (symbol x in the figure). Further, the distribution result is a game result that is selected when the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery for success or failure (symbol in the figure).
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result excluding the “normally out of place result” and the game state and the like will be described. In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state etc. as follows, but the combination of the game result and the game state etc., the contents of the game result, and The contents such as the gaming state are optional.

In the "special out result", the open / close execution mode is not the round number regulation mode, but shifts to the opening / closing number regulation mode, and the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time manner. Moreover, in the "special out-of-classification result", the success or failure lottery mode does not shift.
In the "invisible small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode is shifted to the round number defining mode in which the round game is performed with the upper limit number of times twice, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is performed twice in a short time mode Be done. In the “invisible small round high probability result”, the pass / fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode.
As described above, the “specially disappointing result” and the “invisible few round high certainty result” are common in that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38 a is executed twice in a short time mode although the type of the open / close execution mode is different. doing.

  Further, in the “specially out of place result” and the “invisible small round high probability result”, the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect A. Furthermore, the support mode does not shift in the “extra outlier result” and the “invisible small round high probability result”. In addition, the symbol display device 47 does not display on the display screen G an image that clearly indicates that the high probability mode is in use at the game time after the opening / closing execution mode ends.

Therefore, it is possible for the player to grasp whether the game result is “special out result” or “invisible small round high probability result” by confirming the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode. Can not. In other words, the symbol display device 47 is a lottery for success or failure after the opening / closing execution mode ends, even when the “invisible small round high probability result” is obtained in the distribution lottery and the high probability mode is entered. Mode spoofs as if not transitioning.
Therefore, the player can play the game while enjoying the prediction of whether the success or failure lottery mode has shifted to the high probability mode.

In the "explicit small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode is shifted to the round number defining mode in which the round game is performed with the upper limit number of times twice, and the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time manner. Ru. Further, in the “explicit small round high probability result”, the pass / fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. Further, in the “explicit small round high probability result”, the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is effect B. Also, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode. Furthermore, the symbol display device 47 displays on the display screen G an image clearly indicating that it is the high probability mode in the game time after the opening / closing execution mode ends.
Therefore, the player can grasp that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result” by confirming the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode.

In "most favorable result" and "low probability result", the open / close execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with the upper limit number of times of 4 or 16 times, the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is a long time It is performed 4 times or 16 times in the aspect.
Here, in the "most advantageous result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number or the same even number, and the pass / fail lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode, and the open / close execution mode The effect of is the effect C or the effect D. Specifically, when the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is the effect C, and the combination of the stop result has the same even number. When it becomes, the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect D.
Moreover, in the "low probability result", the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, and the pass / fail lottery mode shifts to the low probability mode, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is the effect D and Become. Furthermore, in the "most favorable result" and the "low probability result", the support mode shifts to the high frequency support mode.

  Therefore, if the player is a combination of symbols having the same odd number as the stop result, and the effect for the open / close execution mode becomes the effect C, the game result is "the most advantageous result". Can understand. However, in the case where the game results in the combination of symbols having the same even number, the game result is "the most advantageous result" by confirming the game result and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. It is not possible to know which of the two and the "low probability result".

  Then, in the game session after the opening / closing execution mode ends, if the effect for the opening / closing execution mode is finally the effect D, the symbol display device 47 displays an image indicating that the high probability mode is displayed on the display screen G do not do.

  Specifically, the symbol display device 47 does not display an image that clearly indicates that it is in the high probability mode on the display screen G, and the high frequency support mode is the reference reference number of times the game is over (specifically, 100 If it has reached (1), an image notifying of transition to the low frequency support mode is displayed on the display screen G. In other words, the symbol display device 47 finally produces the effect for the opening / closing execution mode in the game round after the opening / closing execution mode ends, even in the case of the “most advantageous result” in the distribution lottery. If so, the game is disguised as if the game result was a "low probability result".

  And, when the distribution result is “the most advantageous result”, the symbol display device 47 is in the high probability mode after it has digested 100 game times without becoming “big hit” in the lottery. The display screen G displays an image that clearly indicates that. In other words, the symbol display device 47 cancels the camouflage that has been applied as if the game result was "low probability result".

<Flow on transition to open / close execution mode>
FIG. 33 is a view showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the non-motor-operated part is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when it is not opened. Note that FIG. 33 illustrates the non-motorized prize 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 33A is a diagram showing the display screen G at the time of transition to the open / close execution mode. FIGS. 33 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing a display screen G in the case where entry to the 4-round execution gate has occurred. FIGS. 33D and 33E are diagrams showing a display screen G in the case where entry to the 16th round execution gate occurs. FIG. 33F is a diagram showing the display screen G when the release notification effect of notifying the player of the release of the non-electric role thing 51 as the ending effect is selected.

When transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and displays the display screen of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. It arranges at the lower left position of G, and stops the fluctuation display of each symbol row Z1-Z3.
Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the non-opening command has been received, so in step S1602 The effect determination process is executed, and in step S1603, a non-opening effect command related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of step S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 right-hits the player by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get a clune with a right-hand!" Suggest.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming ball is guided to the clone 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53 through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  When entering the holes 533 B and 533 C (four round execution gate) occurs, the MPU 92 determines that the four round execution command is received at step S 1607, so four round execution representation is performed at step S 1608. In step S1609, a 4-round execution effect command relating to the 4-round execution effect determined in the 4-round execution effect determination process of step S1608 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes a four-round execution effect based on the four-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33 (B), the MPU 102 displays the serif “4R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of four round games is to be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 33, since the symbol display device 47 displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 displays the combination. The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the holes 533 B and 533 C (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S 1515 that the non-motorized part 51 is not open, so the non-motorized part 51 as an ending effect. Select a normal effect that does not notify the player of the release of the. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 33, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 33 (C), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

  On the other hand, when the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16 round execution command is received in step S1610, so 16 in step S1611. A determination process of round execution effect is executed, and in step S1612, a command for 16 round execution effect relating to the 16 round execution effect determined in the determination process of 16 round execution effect of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33 (D), the MPU 102 displays the serif “16 R set! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of 16 round games is to be started. Further, the ball enters the hole 533A of the lone 53 and falls downward, and the gaming ball guided to the non-electric role object 51 through the communication passage 535 shifts the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state Let

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 33, since the symbol display device 47 displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 displays the combination. The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is being opened in step S1515, and thus the non-motorized part 51 is displayed as an ending effect. Select an open notification effect to notify the player of the release. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 33, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 33 (E), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

FIG. 34 is a view showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the mode is shifted to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-part is opened. Note that FIG. 34 illustrates the non-motorized prize 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 34 (A) shows the display screen G at the time of transition to the open / close execution mode. FIGS. 34 (B) and 34 (C) are diagrams showing the display screen G when the ball entering the non-motor-actuated item 51 is generated.

When transitioning to the open / close execution mode at the time of opening the non-motor-operated part 51, as shown in FIG. 34 (A), the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and displays the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. It arranges at the lower left position of and stops the fluctuation display of each symbol row Z1-Z3.
Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode when opening the non-motorized combination 51, the MPU 92 determines in step S1604 that an open command has been received, so that the open effect is determined in step S1605. The processing is executed, and in step S1606, an opening effect command relating to the opening effect determined in the opening effect determination processing of step S1605 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes the opening effect based on the opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests that the player strikes the left by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, “16R confirmed by left strike!” .

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming ball is guided to the clone 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53 through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.
In the case where ball entry into each hole 533A to 533C occurs, the pachinko machine 10 executes the same process as in the case of transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened.

  When the ball enters the non-motorized part 51 (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round execution command has been received in step S1610, and therefore the 16-round execution is performed in step S1611. The effect determination process is executed, and in step S1612, a 16-round execution effect command relating to the 16-round execution effect determined in the 16-round execution effect determination process of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 (B), the MPU 102 displays the serif “16R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of 16 round games is to be started. In addition, the gaming ball having entered the non-electric accessory 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B causes the non-electric accessory 51 to transition from the open state to the closed state.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 34, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the non-motorized item 51 (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized item 51 is not open at step S1515, so the non-motorized item is used as an ending effect. Select the normal effect of not notifying the player of the release of 51. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 34, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 34 (C), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

Here, in the present embodiment, the start-up ball-in-place means includes the upper operation port 36 (first start ball-in-place portion) and the lower operation port 37 (second start ball-in-place portion).
In addition, the pachinko machine 10, it is easy to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the upper operating opening 36, it is hard to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the lower operating opening 37, the left strike route (first path) A right-handed route (second path) is provided which is easy to generate game balls into the operation opening 37 and hard to generate game balls into the upper operation opening 36. Then, the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route.

Also, the main control device 60 is in the low frequency support mode (first gaming state) where the probability of entering the lower operating opening 37 lower than the upper operating opening 36 (first gaming state) and the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36 It has a high frequency support mode (second gaming state) in which the probability of hitting a ball is high, and functions as gaming state switching means for switching between the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode.
Specifically, after ending the game in the open / close execution mode, the main control device 60 switches from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode. Then, when the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" or the "most advantageous result", the main control device 60 continues the high frequency support mode until at least the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery. . In addition, when the game result is the “low probability result”, main control device 60 executes the game round (internal lottery) a predetermined number of times (100 times in the present embodiment), and then from the high frequency support mode Switch to infrequent support mode.

  Therefore, when the game result is "explicit small round high probability result" or "most advantageous result", after the game is over in the opening / closing execution mode, the player is at least a "big hit" in the lottery. The game round can be executed by causing the lower operating opening 37 to enter the game ball through the right-handed route. According to this, it is possible for the player to maintain the open state of the non-electric role 51 at least until the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery.

  On the other hand, if the game result is "low probability result", the player ends the game in the opening / closing execution mode and then executes 100 game times (from the high frequency support mode). By turning the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, it is possible to execute the game play until the mode is switched to the low frequency support mode. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

  In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the high frequency support mode with no number limit and the high frequency support mode with 100 number limit so that the game state advantageous to the player and the disadvantageous game can be avoided. Although the game state and the game state are created, by setting the game state other than these, a game state advantageous to the player and an adverse game state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

Here, when transitioning to the opening / closing execution mode at the time of opening the non-electric role thing 51, the player generates the ball into the holes 533A to 533C of the crew 53 or enters the non-electric role thing 51. You can choose to generate a sphere.
Therefore, for example, when the player shifts to the open / close execution mode when the non-electric role thing 51 is opened, and the game result is "the explicit small round high certainty result" or the "most advantageous result", By aiming the ball into the 16 round execution gate or the 4 round execution gate, the high probability mode can be continued while keeping the non-motor-operated part 51 open. After that, the player shifts to the opening / closing execution mode when the non-electric role thing 51 is opened, and by aiming the ball to the non-electric role thing 51, when the game result is “low probability result”, Since the non-electric role 51 can be shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player performs 100 game times after shifting the non-electric role 51 from the closed state to the open state. By the time the game state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, it is possible to avoid the situation that the non-electric role 51 is caused to enter the game ball through the left-handed route. According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

In the present embodiment, the opening and closing ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state based on the ball entry of one game ball, but from the open state based on the ball entry of two or more game balls It may transition to the closed state.
When the opening and closing means is configured in this manner, for example, the player maintains the open state of the opening and closing means even after the first game ball is inserted in the opening and closing means. Because it is possible, it is possible to diversify the order of aiming round game execution gate. According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can further expand the player's options, and can further improve the player's attention to the game.

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 makes it possible to enter the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. The player is provided with the clone 53, and the clone 53 is provided with the respective holes 533A to 533C for starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode when the game ball enters the ball. After shifting to, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the game balls to enter the holes 533A to 533C. Further, since the hole 533A shifts the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, the player shifts the game state to the next open / close execution mode by the main control device 60. Then, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the non-electric role thing 51 to enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A is more than the game in the opening / closing execution mode launched upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. Since a high value is given to the player, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode by causing the clone 53 to enter the game ball. . Further, when the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball into the hole 533A, the player executes the next open / close execution of the game state by the main control device 60. After shifting to the mode, the game ball is entered into the non-electric role article 51, thereby giving the player a higher value than the game of the open / close execution mode started upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. The game in the open / close execution mode can be started. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) Entry of the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C can start the game in the open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the non-electric role object 51 and the hole 533A of the game ball The ball entry starts the game of opening and closing execution mode which can pay out more game balls than a predetermined number of game balls, thereby starting the game of opening and closing execution mode when the game balls enter the holes 533B and 533C. Because the player is given a high value to the player, the player is expected to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition processing is an open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number when entering game balls into the holes 533B and 533C. More than a predetermined number of game balls by starting the game and setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 more than the predetermined number when entering the game balls into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A. Since the game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since the holes 533A to 533C are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the gaming ball having entered the clone 53. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(6) The non-electric character 51 moves from the open state to the closed state by receiving the game balls at each plate-like member 513, and the closed state by receiving the game balls at the lower wing members 515 Since it shifts to the open state, it is possible to shift the open / close state using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as electric power.

(7) After finishing the game in the opening / closing execution mode, the player passes through the right-handed route (until it is switched from the high frequency support mode to the low frequency support mode) until 100 times of game times are executed. By causing the game ball to enter the operation opening 37, it is possible to execute the game play. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

Second Embodiment
Hereinafter, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 35 is a front view of the game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes the clone 53 provided in the area on the left side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52, enters the hole 533A of the clone 53 and falls downward, and the communication passage 535 The gaming ball guided to the non-electric role 51 via the non-electric role 51 transfers the non-electric role 51 from the closed state to the open state. In other words, in the first embodiment, the gaming ball having entered the hole 533A of the clone 53 is always guided to the non-electric role item 51.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the game board 31 includes the clone 53A provided in the area on the left side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the gaming ball having entered the hole 533A of the clone 53A is not necessarily non-electric It differs from the first embodiment in that it is not guided by the accessory 51.

FIG. 36 is an exploded perspective view in which the vicinity of the crown is enlarged and viewed obliquely from the upper side.
The clune 53A is provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531 and the disk-like rolling surface 531 for rolling the gaming ball guided to the clune 53A via the guide rail 525 as shown in FIG. A side wall 532, a cylindrical rotating body 537 disposed below the rolling surface 531 and rotatably provided about the central axis, and a pan 538 disposed below the rotating body 537 There is.
The guide rail 525 guides the gaming ball to the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532.

The rolling surface 531 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface, and is formed at the center of three holes 533A to 533C formed at equal intervals to one another, and also formed at each of the holes 533A to And a protrusion 534 having three side surfaces that are inclined to descend toward the 533C side. Further, the rolling surface 531 is inclined so as to be lowered as it goes from the side wall 532 side to the holes 533A to 533C side (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game balls guided to the clune 53A through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C (see FIG. Middle arrow A)).

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C is provided with detection sensors 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) for detecting entry of game balls, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k into the hole 533C. Detect the game ball entering. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the holes 533A to 533C occurs, unlike when entering the various winning openings. The detection sensors 40i to 40k may be of any type as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor can be adopted.

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C wins the transition to the opening / closing execution mode in the internal lottery, and when switching to the opening / closing execution mode, is a trigger to start the round game. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and after entering the open / close execution mode, when the ball enters each hole 533A to 533C, the open / close door 38b Is set to an open state, and execution of a round game is performed a predetermined number of times.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts to execute 16 round games when entering the hole 533A, so the hole 533A starts to execute 16 round games. Marks are displayed around the hole 533A to indicate that.
In addition, since the pachinko machine 10 starts execution of four round games when entering the ball into the holes 533B and 533C, the holes 533B and 533C start execution of four round games. Do not show the mark to suggest that you do.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the Kroon 53A flows the game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the ball entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. It functions as a variable ball entry means that enables ball entry.
In addition, the clone 53A is provided with holes 533A to 533C (a plurality of ball entry parts) for entering the game balls that have entered the clone 53A. The clune 53A has a rolling surface 531 for rolling the gaming ball which has entered the clune 53A, and a plurality of ball receiving portions are provided on the rolling surface 531 and the game rolling on the rolling surface 531 Enter the ball. Specifically, the rolling surface 531 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface 531, and is provided with a plurality of ball entry portions provided at equal intervals.

In the present embodiment, the plurality of ball entry portions are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53A, and the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 are caused to enter. On the other hand, the plurality of ball storage units may be provided, for example, in a sorting mechanism that distributes game balls having entered the variable ball collection means to any of the plurality of ball storage units. In this case, the probability that the game balls are distributed to any one of the plurality of ball entry units by the distribution mechanism may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means may be provided with a plurality of ball entry parts.
Moreover, in this embodiment, although the variable ball entering means was provided with the some ball entering part, the variable ball entering means may be provided with one ball entering part.

  Here, as described above, the non-motorized character object 51 and the hole 533A (second ball entering part) are 16 round execution gates that start to execute 16 round games. In addition, each hole 533B, 533C (first ball entry unit) is a four round execution gate that starts four round games. Therefore, the game in the opening / closing execution mode starting upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A is higher than the game in the opening / closing execution mode initiating upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. It gives the player value.

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number of times (four times in the present embodiment) when entering the gaming balls into the holes 533B and 533C. The game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, and the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 is greater than the predetermined number when entering the game ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A (in this embodiment) By setting 16), the game in the open / close execution mode in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started.

  In the present embodiment, the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the gaming balls enter the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A, sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to set each hole 533B, 533C. The player is given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the game ball enters the ball, but each hole 533 B, 533 C, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38 or the like. The player may be given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode which starts upon entering the game ball to the game player. In short, the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into the opening / closing ball entry means and the second entry part is started when the game sphere enters the first entry part. It is sufficient to give the player a higher value than the game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A are 16 round execution gates for starting the execution of 16 round games, and the holes 533B and 533C are 4 round execution gates for starting the execution of four round games, and each hole The correspondence between 533A to 533C, and 16 round execution gates and 4 round execution gates was fixed. On the other hand, the correspondence between each hole 533A to 533C and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate may not be fixed. For example, the correspondence is changed based on the result of the internal lottery, etc. May be According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can extend the game characteristics, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

The rotary body 537 is formed in a circular shape on the upper surface thereof, and is formed in a circular shape on the lower surface thereof with the upper openings 537A1 to 537A3 formed at positions corresponding to the respective holes 533A to 533C. And lower openings 537B1 to 537B3 communicating with 537A3 to 537A3.
The lower opening 537 B 1 is open so as to be concentric with the central axis of the rotating body 537. After rolling on the rolling surface 531, the game ball entered into one of the holes 533A to 533C and dropped downward and enters the upper opening 537A1 is a rotating body formed inside the rotating body 537. The lower opening 537B1 is discharged through the passage 537C1 (see arrow B1 in the figure).

The lower opening 537B2 is opened immediately below the upper opening 537A2. After rolling on the rolling surface 531, the game ball entered into one of the holes 533A to 533C and dropped downward and enters the upper opening 537A2 is a rotating body formed inside the rotating body 537. The lower opening 537B2 is discharged through the passage 537C2 (see arrow B2 in the figure).
The lower opening 537B3 is opened immediately below the upper opening 537A3. After rolling on the rolling surface 531, the game ball entered into one of the holes 533A to 533C and dropped downward and enters the upper opening 537A3 is a rotating body formed inside the rotating body 537. The lower opening 537B3 is discharged through the passage 537C3 (see arrow B3 in the figure).

The tray 538 has a disc-like rolling surface 538A for rolling the gaming balls discharged from the lower opening 537B2 or the lower opening 537B3 and dropped downward, and a side wall 538B provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 538A. Have.
The rolling surface 538A is provided with a cylindrical tubular portion 538A1 formed concentrically at its central position. The cylindrical portion 538A1 guides the gaming ball discharged from the lower opening 537B1 to the communication passage 538C. The communication passage 538C guides the gaming ball to the non-motor-operated part 51 in the same manner as the communication passage 535 in the first embodiment (see arrow C in the figure).
The side wall 538B has a rectangular opening 538B1 formed laterally. The opening 538B1 guides the gaming ball discharged from the lower opening 537B2 or the lower opening 537B3 to the discharge passage 538D. Similar to the discharge passage 536 in the first embodiment, the discharge passage 538D discharges the game ball into the game area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 35).

Here, the rolling surface 538A is inclined to descend as it goes to the opening 538B1 side.
Therefore, the gaming balls discharged from the lower opening 537B2 or the lower opening 537B3 are guided to the discharge passage 538D through the opening 538B1 after rolling the rolling surface 538A (see arrow D in the figure). .

Further, the rotary body 537 is formed on the lower surface thereof, and has a circular groove portion 537D formed concentrically with the central axis of the rotary body 537, and a gear (not shown) formed on the circumferential surface thereof. And a rotary body drive unit 537E (see FIG. 37) for rotating the rotary body 537 through this gear.
The groove portion 537 D allows the receiving body 538 to be placed on the rotating body 537 by positioning the rotating body 537 with respect to the receiving body 538 by being engaged with the side wall 538 B of the receiving dish 538.
The rotating body drive unit 537E rotates the rotating body 537 at a predetermined rotation speed via a gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotating body 537.
In the present embodiment, the rotating body drive unit 537E rotates the rotating body 537 at a predetermined rotation speed, but may change the rotation speed.

<Electric Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control unit 60, an audio light emission control unit 90, and a display control unit 100. These units are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. Further, the pachinko machine 10 has a payout control device 70 that executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out gaming balls, and a power source that executes firing control to cause the gaming ball firing mechanism 81 to fire gaming balls. And a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

  The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 which controls main control (main control) of the game, and a power failure monitoring board 65 which monitors the power supply. Main controller 60 is provided with a substrate box that houses main control substrate 61 and the like. The substrate box may be provided with a trace means for leaving a trace when it is opened, and may be provided with a trace structure for leaving a trace when it is opened. Specifically, as a trace means, a substrate box is configured by combining a plurality of case bodies, and a configuration that provides a connecting portion (crimping portion) that requires destruction of a predetermined portion when separating each case body, peeling off In this case, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of peeling off because the adhesive layer remains as a bonding object is pasted across the boundaries between the plurality of case bodies. Moreover, as a trace structure, the structure etc. which apply an adhesive agent with respect to the boundary between these case bodies are employable.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 constituting the MPU 62. Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like in addition to the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are combined into a chip.
In the present embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but may be separately integrated into chips. The same applies to the MPUs of control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a pass / fail table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, and a reach table storage area 63c. These areas will be described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 63 is executed, and is a volatile storage means requiring an external power supply when storing the stored information. It is. The RAM 64 has various areas such as various counter areas 64a, a holding ball storage area 64b, and a holding area 64c. These areas will be described in detail later.

  The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main control device 60, a plurality of detection sensors 40a to 40k, and a non-motorized combination release detection sensor 519. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. Further, the output port of the MPU 62 has a motorized part drive unit 37b for opening and closing the motorized part 37a of the lower operation port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c for opening and closing the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a blade member. The rotor member 537 is rotated at a predetermined rotation speed via a blade member drive part 521c for opening and closing the 521a, a plate driving part 523c for opening and closing the plate 523a, and a gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotor 537 It is connected to the body drive unit 537E, the main display unit 45, and the character display unit 46.

  The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through the driver circuit. Specifically, in the open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the motorized accessory drive unit 37 b to open and close the motorized accessory 37 a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable prize drive unit 38c to open and close the special prize port 38a. Further, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the blade member driving unit 521c to open and close the blade member 521a. Further, in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to open / close the plate 523a. Further, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the rotating body drive unit 537E to rotate the rotating body 537. In each gaming session, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 to display the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on each operation port 36, 37. Furthermore, the MPU 62 executes display control of the display unit 46 for a gift and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on each through gate 41.

<Flow on transition to open / close execution mode>
FIG. 38 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the non-motor-operated part is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when it is not opened. Note that FIG. 38 illustrates the non-motorized prize 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 38A is a diagram showing the display screen G at the time of transition to the open / close execution mode. FIGS. 38 (B) and 38 (C) are diagrams showing the non-motorized prize 51 which did not enter the open state after entering the four-round execution gate. FIGS. 38D and 38E are views showing the non-motorized accessory 51 in the open state after the ball entering the four round execution gate is generated. FIG. 38F is a view showing the display screen G when the release notification effect of notifying the player of the release of the non-electric role thing 51 as the ending effect is selected.

When transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and displays the display screen of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. It arranges at the lower left position of G, and stops the fluctuation display of each symbol row Z1-Z3.
Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the non-opening command has been received, so in step S1602 The effect determination process is executed, and in step S1603, a non-opening effect command related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of step S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 right-hits the player by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get a clune with a right-hand!" Suggest.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming ball is guided to the clone 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53 through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  When entering the holes 533 B and 533 C (four round execution gate) occurs, the MPU 92 determines that the four round execution command is received at step S 1607, so four round execution representation is performed at step S 1608. In step S1609, a 4-round execution effect command relating to the 4-round execution effect determined in the 4-round execution effect determination process of step S1608 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes a four-round execution effect based on the four-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38 (B) and FIG. 38 (D), the MPU 102 is the serif of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By notifying the player that the execution of four round games should be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

FIG. 39 is a perspective view showing a flow in which the gaming ball is guided to the discharge passage after entry to the 4 round execution gate occurs.
When the ball is entered into the holes 533 B and 533 C (four round execution gate), the gaming ball passes through any of the rotator passages 537 C to 537 C 3 of the rotator 537 and falls into the tray 538 .
For example, when the ball enters the hole 533C, the gaming ball comes in contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stops as shown in FIG. 39 (A).

Here, since the rotary body drive unit 537E rotates the rotary body 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via the gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotary body 537 (see the arrow R in the figure), the hole 533C is It will be in communication with any of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when the ball enters the hole 533C and comes into contact with the rotating body passage 537C2 after coming in contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stopping, the gaming ball is shown in FIG. 39 (B), After rolling the rolling surface 538A of the tray 538, it is guided to the discharge passage 538D through the opening 538B1 (see the arrow in the figure). The discharge passage 538D discharges the game ball into the game area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 35).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 38, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 displays The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the game ball is discharged to the game area in the discharge passage 538D, the MPU 92 determines that the non-electric role object 51 is not open at step S1515, so the opening of the non-electric position object 51 is played as an ending effect Choose a normal effect that you do not want to notify. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 38, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 38 (C), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing a flow in which the gaming ball is guided to the communication passage after entry to the 4 round execution gate occurs.
In addition, for example, when ball entry into the hole 533C occurs, the gaming ball comes in contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stops as shown in FIG. 40 (A).

Here, since the rotary body drive unit 537E rotates the rotary body 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via the gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotary body 537 (see the arrow R in the figure), the hole 533C is It will be in communication with any of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when the ball enters the hole 533C and comes into contact with the rotating body passage 537C1 after coming into contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stopping, the gaming ball is shown in FIG. 40 (B), It will be guided to the communication passage 538C via the cylindrical portion 538A1 (see the arrow in the figure). The communication passage 538C guides the gaming ball to the non-electric role 51. Thereafter, the gaming ball guided to the non-electric accessory 51 via the communication passage 538C shifts the non-electric accessory 51 from the closed state to the open state.

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 38, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 displays The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the gaming ball is guided to the non-electric combination 51 at the communication passage 538C, the MPU 92 determines that the non-electric combination 51 is being opened at step S1515, so the non-electric combination 51 is used as an ending effect. Select the release notification effect to notify the player of the release of the. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 38, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 38 (E), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 38 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when ball entry to each hole 533A to 533C occurs, the gaming ball comes in contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stops. Then, the game balls stand by without entering the holes 533A to 533C until the holes 533A to 533C communicate with the rotary body passages 537C to 537C3 of the rotary body 537. In other words, the gaming balls do not enter until the holes 533A to 533C communicate with the rotating body passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotating body 537.

Here, when transitioning to the opening / closing execution mode at the time of opening the non-electric role thing 51, the player generates the ball into the holes 533A to 533C of the crew 53 or enters the non-electric role thing 51. You can choose to generate a sphere.
Therefore, when the non-electric role item 51 is opened, the player can shift to the opening / closing execution mode, for example, the player can first aim at the 16th round execution gate of the Kroon 53, resulting in 16 rounds. If it is not in the execution gate but in waiting for entering the four-round execution gate, it is possible to further aim at entering the non-motor-driven role piece 51. And, if it is possible to generate the ball into the non-motor-operated piece 51 while waiting for the ball into the 4 round execution gate of the lone 53, the execution of 16 round games can be started . According to this, the player can switch which round game execution gate is to be aimed according to the situation, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

FIG. 41 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the non-motor-operated part is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when it is not opened. In addition, FIG. 41 illustrates the non-electric combination 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 41A is a diagram showing the display screen G at the time of transition to the open / close execution mode. FIGS. 41 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the non-motorized prize 51 that did not enter the open state after entering the 16 round execution gate. FIGS. 41 (D) and (E) are diagrams showing the non-motorized accessory 51 in an open state after entering the 16 round execution gate. FIG. 41F is a view showing the display screen G when the release notification effect of notifying the player of the release of the non-electric role thing 51 as the ending effect is selected.

When transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and displays the display screen of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. It arranges at the lower left position of G, and stops the fluctuation display of each symbol row Z1-Z3.
Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the non-opening command has been received, so in step S1602 The effect determination process is executed, and in step S1603, a non-opening effect command related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of step S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 right-hits the player by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get a clune with a right-hand!" Suggest.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming ball is guided to the clone 53 via the guide rail 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53 through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  When the ball enters the hole 533A (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round execution command is received in step S1610, and thus determines the 16-round execution effect in step S1611. The process is executed, and in step S1612, a 16-round execution effect command relating to the 16-round execution effect determined in the 16-round execution effect determination process of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 41 (B) and FIG. 41 (D), the MPU 102 has the serif “16 R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By notifying the player that the execution of the round game 16 times is to be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

FIG. 42 is a perspective view showing a flow in which the gaming ball is guided to the discharge passage after entry to the 16 round execution gate occurs.
When the ball is entered into the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the gaming ball passes through any of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537 and falls into the tray 538.
When the ball enters the hole 533A, the gaming ball comes in contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stops as shown in FIG. 42 (A).

Here, since the rotary body drive unit 537E rotates the rotary body 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via the gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotary body 537 (see the arrow R in the figure), the hole 533C is It will be in communication with any of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when the ball enters the hole 533A and comes into contact with the rotating body passage 537C2 after coming into contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stopping, the gaming ball is shown in FIG. 42 (B), After rolling the rolling surface 538A of the tray 538, it is guided to the discharge passage 538D through the opening 538B1 (see the arrow in the figure). The discharge passage 538D discharges the game ball into the game area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 35).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 41, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the game ball is discharged to the game area in the discharge passage 538D, the MPU 92 determines that the non-electric role object 51 is not open at step S1515, so the opening of the non-electric position object 51 is played as an ending effect Choose a normal effect that you do not want to notify. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 41, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 41 (C), centers the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing a flow in which the gaming ball is guided to the communication passage after entry to the 16 round execution gate occurs.
Further, when the ball enters the hole 533A, the gaming ball comes in contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stops as shown in FIG. 43 (A).

Here, since the rotary body drive unit 537E rotates the rotary body 537 at a predetermined rotational speed via the gear formed on the circumferential surface of the rotary body 537 (see the arrow R in the figure), the hole 533A is It will be in communication with any of the rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 of the rotor 537.
For example, when the ball enters the hole 533A and comes into contact with the rotating body passage 537C1 after coming into contact with the upper surface of the rotating body 537 and stopping, the gaming ball is, as shown in FIG. It will be guided to the communication passage 538C via the cylindrical portion 538A1 (see the arrow in the figure). The communication passage 538C guides the gaming ball to the non-electric role 51. Thereafter, the gaming ball guided to the non-electric accessory 51 via the communication passage 538C shifts the non-electric accessory 51 from the closed state to the open state.

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the present embodiment, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7 · 7 · 7) as the stop result on the effective line L, the MPU 92 It is determined that the game result is "the most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the gaming ball is guided to the non-electric combination 51 at the communication passage 538C, the MPU 92 determines that the non-electric combination 51 is being opened at step S1515, so the non-electric combination 51 is used as an ending effect. Select the release notification effect to notify the player of the release of the. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 41, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 41 (E), centers the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 41 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the rotating body 537 rotates about an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface 531 as a central axis, and causes the game balls entered in the holes 533A to 533C to enter. Further, the rotary body 537 is formed at a position corresponding to each of the holes 533A to 533C, and includes a plurality of rotary body passages 537C1 to 537C3 for guiding the game balls entered in the holes 533A to 533C. . Then, the plurality of rotor passages 537C1 to 537C3 do not shift the non-motor-controlled part 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball, and the rotor passage 537C2 and the rotor passage 537C3 (first rotor passage And a rotating body passage 537C1 (second rotating body passage) for shifting the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball. Therefore, the rotating body 537 and the tray 538 function as opening / closing lottery means for executing a lottery on the non-electric role item 51 based on the entry of the gaming balls into the holes 533A to 533C.

  In the present embodiment, the rotating body 537 and the tray 538 are adopted as the opening and closing lottery means, but, for example, as in the internal lottery performed based on winning on the upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37, a counter You may adopt a lottery using Further, in the present embodiment, the opening and closing lottery means has drawn whether or not to shift the opening and closing ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball into the ball entry part. A lottery may be made as to whether or not to shift the ball means from the disadvantageous state in which it is easy to close to the advantageous state in which it is easy to open it. In short, the opening and closing lottery means may be any lottery as long as it can execute the drawing on the opening and closing means on the basis of the game ball entering the ball entry unit.

Here, in the present embodiment, the start-up ball-in-place means includes the upper operation port 36 (first start ball-in-place portion) and the lower operation port 37 (second start ball-in-place portion).
In addition, the pachinko machine 10, it is easy to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the upper operating opening 36, it is hard to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the lower operating opening 37, the left strike route (first path) A right-handed route (second path) is provided which is easy to generate game balls into the operation opening 37 and hard to generate game balls into the upper operation opening 36. Then, the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route.

Also, the main control device 60 is in the low frequency support mode (first gaming state) where the probability of entering the lower operating opening 37 lower than the upper operating opening 36 (first gaming state) and the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36 It has a high frequency support mode (second gaming state) in which the probability of hitting a ball is high, and functions as gaming state switching means for switching between the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode.
Specifically, after ending the game in the open / close execution mode, the main control device 60 switches from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode. Then, when the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" or the "most advantageous result", the main control device 60 continues the high frequency support mode until at least the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery. . In addition, when the game result is the “low probability result”, main control device 60 executes the game round (internal lottery) a predetermined number of times (100 times in the present embodiment), and then from the high frequency support mode Switch to infrequent support mode.

  Therefore, when the game result is "explicit small round high probability result" or "most advantageous result", after the game is over in the opening / closing execution mode, the player is at least a "big hit" in the lottery. The game round can be executed by causing the lower operating opening 37 to enter the game ball through the right-handed route. According to this, it is possible for the player to maintain the open state of the non-electric role 51 at least until the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery.

  On the other hand, if the game result is "low probability result", the player ends the game in the opening / closing execution mode and then executes 100 game times (from the high frequency support mode). By turning the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, it is possible to execute the game play until the mode is switched to the low frequency support mode. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

  In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the high frequency support mode with no number limit and the high frequency support mode with 100 number limit so that the game state advantageous to the player and the disadvantageous game can be avoided. Although the game state and the game state are created, by setting the game state other than these, a game state advantageous to the player and an adverse game state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 makes it possible to enter the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. Since the clune 53A is provided with the respective holes 533A to 533C for starting the open / close execution mode game when the game ball enters the ball, the player can open / close the game state in the main control device 60. After shifting to, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the game balls to enter the holes 533A to 533C. In addition, since the clune 53A includes the rotating body 537 and the receiving tray 538 that execute the drawing on the non-electric role object 51 based on the ball entry of the gaming balls into the holes 533A to 533C, the rotating body 537 and the receiving plate 538 When the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state, the player shifts the gaming state to the next open / close execution mode in the main control device 60. Then, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the non-electric role thing 51 to enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A is more than the game in the opening / closing execution mode launched upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. Since a high value is given to the player, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode by making the clown 53A enter the game ball. . In addition, when winning the lottery executed with the rotating body 537 and moving the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, the player makes the game state next time with the main control device 60. After shifting to the opening / closing execution mode, the player enters a game ball into the non-electric role article 51, thereby making the player more valuable than the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. The game in the open / close execution mode given to can be started. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) Entry of the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C can start the game in the open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the non-electric role object 51 and the hole 533A of the game ball The ball entry starts the game of opening and closing execution mode which can pay out more game balls than a predetermined number of game balls, thereby starting the game of opening and closing execution mode when the game balls enter the holes 533B and 533C. Because the player is given a high value to the player, the player is expected to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition processing is an open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number when entering game balls into the holes 533B and 533C. More than a predetermined number of game balls by starting the game and setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 more than the predetermined number when entering the game balls into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A. Since the game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since the holes 533A to 533C are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53A, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the gaming balls having entered the clone 53A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(6) The opening / closing lottery means includes a rotating body 537 which rotates about an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface 531 as a central axis and receives the game balls entered in the holes 533A to 533C. The non-electric role 51 is changed from the closed state to the open state based on the ball passage 537C2, 537 C3 which does not shift the non-electric role 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry. And a rotating body passage 537C1 to be shifted. According to this, the opening and closing lottery means independently closes the non-electric role thing 51 without being affected by the crew 53A provided with the respective holes 533A to 533C for starting the game of the opening and closing execution mode when entering the game ball It can be lottery whether or not to shift from the state to the open state. Also, when the non-electric role object 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the gaming ball having entered each hole 533A to 533C to enter the rotating body passage 537C1 of the rotating body 537, the game The player shifts the gaming state to the next opening / closing execution mode in the main control device 60, and then enters the gaming ball into the non-electric role object 51, thereby entering the gaming ball into each hole 533B, 533C. It is possible to start the game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the player is given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode to be started. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(7) By receiving gaming balls at each plate-like member 513, the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the open state to the closed state, and is closed by receiving the gaming balls at each lower wing member 515. Since it shifts to the open state, it is possible to shift the open / close state using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as electric power.

(8) After ending the game in the opening / closing execution mode, the player passes through the right-handed route (until it is switched from the high frequency support mode to the low frequency support mode) until 100 times of game times are executed. By causing the game ball to enter the operation opening 37, it is possible to execute the game play. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

Third Embodiment
Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 44 is a front view of the game board according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes the clone 53 provided in the area on the left side of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate) of the clone 53 and falls downward. The gaming ball guided to the non-electric accessory 51 via the communication passage 535 causes the non-electric accessory 51 to shift from the closed state to the open state. In other words, in the first embodiment, the gaming ball entering the 16 round execution gate is always guided to the non-electric role object 51.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the game board 31 includes the clone 53B provided in the area on the left side of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the gaming ball having entered the 16 round execution gate of the clone 53B is not necessarily required. It differs from the first embodiment in that it is not guided by the non-motor-operated part 51.

FIG. 45 is an exploded perspective view in which the vicinity of the crown is enlarged and viewed obliquely from the upper side.
As shown in FIG. 45, the locke 53B includes a first locke 55 connected to the guide rail 525 and a second locke 56 disposed below the first locke 55.
The first track 55 has a disc-shaped rolling surface 551 for rolling the gaming balls guided to the first track 55 via the guide rails 525, and a side wall 552 provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 551. Is equipped.
The guide rails 525 guide the gaming balls to the rolling surface 551 along the side wall 552.

The rolling surface 551 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center thereof, and is formed at the center of two holes 553A and 553B formed at equal intervals to each other, and also formed at each of the holes 553A, And a projecting portion 554 having two side surfaces inclined to descend toward the 553B side. Further, the rolling surface 551 is inclined so as to descend as it goes from the side wall 552 to the holes 553A and 553B.
Therefore, after the game ball guided to the first crane 55 through the guide rail 525 rolls the rolling surface 551 along the side wall 552, the game ball enters one of the holes 553A and 553B. (See arrow A in the figure).

  Each hole 553A, 553B is provided with a detection sensor 40i, 40j (see FIG. 114) for detecting entry of the game ball, and the detection sensor 40i, 40j is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects that the gaming ball has entered the hole 553A, and the detection sensor 40j detects that the gaming ball has entered the hole 553B. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the holes 553A and 553B, unlike when entering the various winning openings. The detection sensors 40i and 40j may be of any type as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor can be adopted.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, since the detection sensor 40i detects the ball entry of the gaming ball into the hole 553A, the hole 553A functions as a 16 round execution gate. Further, since the detection sensor 40 j detects the ball entering of the gaming ball into the hole 553 B, the hole 553 B functions as a four round execution gate. In the present embodiment, the detection sensor 40k differs from the first embodiment in that it is not used.

  Each of the holes 553A and 553B wins the transition to the opening / closing execution mode in the internal lottery, and when switching to the opening / closing execution mode, is an opportunity to start a round game. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and after entering the open / close execution mode, when the ball enters the holes 553A, 553B, the open / close door 38b Is set to an open state, and execution of a round game is performed a predetermined number of times.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts to execute 16 round games when entering the hole 553A, so the hole 553A starts to execute 16 round games. Marks are displayed around the holes 553A to indicate that.
In addition, since the pachinko machine 10 starts execution of four round games when ball entry to the hole 553B occurs, it suggests that the hole 553B starts to execute four round games. Not show the mark to do.

  In addition, the first locke 55 guides the guide rail 555A for guiding the game ball entered in the hole 553A to the second locke 56, and the guide rail 555B guides the game ball entered in the hole 553B to the second locke 56. Have.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the first clue 55 flows down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37. It functions as a variable ball entry means that enables the ball to enter the ball.
In addition, the first clone 55 is provided with holes 553A and 553B (a plurality of ball entry parts) for entering the game ball that has entered the first clone 55. The first crane 55 has a rolling surface 551 for rolling the gaming ball which has entered the first crane 55, and a plurality of ball receiving portions are provided on the rolling surface 551 and the rolling surface 551 is Insert the rolling game ball. Specifically, the rolling surface 551 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface 551, and includes a plurality of ball entry portions provided at equal intervals to one another.

In the present embodiment, the plurality of ball entering portions are provided on the rolling surface 551 of the first crane 55, and the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 551 are caused to enter. On the other hand, the plurality of ball storage units may be provided, for example, in a sorting mechanism that distributes game balls having entered the variable ball collection means to any of the plurality of ball storage units. In this case, the probability that the game balls are distributed to any one of the plurality of ball entry units by the distribution mechanism may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means may be provided with a plurality of ball entry parts.
Moreover, in this embodiment, although the variable ball entering means was provided with the some ball entering part, the variable ball entering means may be provided with one ball entering part.

  Here, as described above, the non-motorized character object 51 and the hole 553A (second ball entry part) are 16 round execution gates that start to execute 16 round games. In addition, the hole 553B (first ball entry unit) is a four round execution gate that starts four round games. Therefore, the game in the opening / closing execution mode starting upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 553A has a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode starting upon entering the gaming ball into the hole 553B. Granted to

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 sets a predetermined number of gaming balls by setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number of times (four times in the present embodiment) when entering the gaming ball into the hole 553B. The game in the open / close execution mode that can be paid out is started, and the variable winning device 38 is opened and closed more than a predetermined number of times (16 times in this embodiment) at the time of entering the non-electric character 51 and hole 553A. By setting to, the game in the open / close execution mode in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started.

  In the present embodiment, the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the game ball enters the non-electric role object 51 and the hole 553A, sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38, the game to the hole 553B The player is given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the ball, but, for example, the game ball is inserted into the hole 553B by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38 or the like. The player may be given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode starting on the ball. In short, the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into the opening / closing ball entry means and the second entry part is started when the game sphere enters the first entry part. It is sufficient to give the player a higher value than the game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the hole 553A is a 16 round execution gate for starting the execution of 16 round games, and the hole 553B is a 4 round execution gate for starting the execution of 4 round games, each hole 553A, 553B And, the correspondence between the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate was fixed. On the other hand, the correspondence between each hole 553A, 553B and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate may not be fixed. For example, the correspondence is changed based on the result of the internal lottery, etc. May be According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can extend the game characteristics, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

The second lone 56 is provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 561 with a disc-like rolling surface 561 for rolling the game balls guided to the second lone 56 via the guide rails 555A and 555B. And a side wall 562.
The guide rails 555A and 555B guide the gaming balls to the rolling surface 561 along the side wall 562.

The rolling surface 561 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center thereof, and is formed at the center of three holes 563A to 563C formed at equal intervals to one another, and formed at the centers thereof. And a protrusion 564 having three side surfaces that are inclined to descend toward the 563C side. The rolling surface 561 is inclined to descend as it goes from the side wall 562 to the holes 563A to 563C.
Therefore, after the game ball guided to the second crane 56 through the guide rail 555A and the guide rail 555B rolls the rolling surface 561 along the side wall 562, the game ball enters one of the holes 563A to 563C. (See arrow B in the figure).

  In addition, the second lone 56 is connected to the hole 563A formed on the front side (the front side in the drawing) of the game board 31, and enters the hole 563A as shown by the arrow C in the drawing to move downward. The connection path 565 for guiding the dropped game ball to the non-electric role object 51 and the two holes 563B and 563C formed on the back side (the back side in the figure) of the game board 31 are arrow D in FIG. As shown in the drawing, the game machine is provided with a discharge passage 566 for discharging the gaming balls which entered the holes 563B and 563C and dropped downward to the gaming area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 44).

Since the communication passage 565 guides the gaming ball to the non-electric character 51 in the same manner as the communication passage 535 in the first embodiment, it suggests that the hole 563A guides the gaming ball to the non-electric character 51. The mark is displayed around the hole 563A.
Since the discharge passage 566 discharges the game balls to the game area in the same manner as the discharge passage 536 in the first embodiment, the holes 563B and 563C are holes 563B to suggest that the game balls are discharged to the game area. , Mark around 563C is not displayed.

<Flow on transition to open / close execution mode>
FIG. 46 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the non-motor-operated part is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when it is not opened. Note that FIG. 46 illustrates the non-motorized prize 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 46 (A) shows the display screen G at the time of transition to the open / close execution mode. FIGS. 46 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the non-motorized prize 51 which did not enter the open state after entering the four-round execution gate. FIGS. 46 (D) and (E) are diagrams showing the non-motorized accessory 51 which is in the open state after entering the four-round execution gate. FIG. 46F is a diagram showing the display screen G when the release notification effect of notifying the player of the release of the non-electric role thing 51 as the ending effect is selected.

When transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and displays the display screen of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. It arrange | positions in the lower left position of G, and the fluctuation | variation display of each symbol row Z1-Z3 is stopped.
Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the non-opening command has been received, so in step S1602 The effect determination process is executed, and in step S1603, a non-opening effect command related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of step S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 right-hits the player by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get a clune with a right-hand!" Suggest.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming ball is guided to the first crane 55 via the guide rail 525.
After that, the game balls guided to the first claves 55 of the claves 53B via the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 551 along the side walls 552 and then enter one of the holes 553A, 553B. It will be.

FIG. 47 is a top view of the clone when entry to the 4-round execution gate occurs. Specifically, FIG. 47 (A) is a top view of the first crane 55, and FIGS. 47 (B) and (C) are top views of the second crane 56. FIG.
For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 47 (A), when entering the hole 553 B (four-round execution gate) occurs, it is assumed that the MPU 92 receives the four-round execution command at step S 1607. Since it is determined, in step S1608, the process of determining the four-round execution effect is executed. Set Then, the MPU 102 executes a four-round execution effect based on the four-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 46 (B) and FIG. 46 (D), the MPU 102 is the serif of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 "4R fixed! By notifying the player that the execution of four round games should be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

In addition, when the ball is entered into the hole 553B (four round execution gate), the gaming ball is guided to the second crane 56 through the guide rail 555B. After rolling the rolling surface 561 along the side wall 562, the gaming ball enters one of the holes 563A to 563C.
For example, as shown by the arrows in FIG. 47B, when ball entry into the holes 563B and 563C occurs, the game ball is discharged to the game area via the discharge passage 566.

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 46, since the symbol display device 47 displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as the stop result, the MPU 92 displays the combination. The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the game ball is discharged to the game area in the discharge passage 566, the MPU 92 determines that the non-electric role object 51 is not being opened at step S1515, and therefore the opening of the non-electric role object 51 is played as an ending effect. Choose a normal effect that you do not want to notify. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 46, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 46 (C), centers the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

  Also, for example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 47 (C), when ball entry to the hole 563A occurs, the gaming ball is guided to the non-motorized accessory 51 through the communication passage 565. Thereafter, the gaming ball guided to the non-electric accessory 51 via the communication passage 565 shifts the non-electric accessory 51 from the closed state to the open state.

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 46, since the symbol display device 47 displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as the stop result, the MPU 92 displays the combination. The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the gaming ball is guided to the non-electric combination 51 in the communication passage 565, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric combination 51 is open, so the non-electric combination 51 as the ending effect. Select the release notification effect to notify the player of the release of the. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 46, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102 is positioned at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 46 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

FIG. 48 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the non-motor-operated part is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when it is not opened. Note that FIG. 48 illustrates the non-motorized prize 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 48A is a diagram showing the display screen G at the time of transition to the open / close execution mode. FIGS. 48 (B) and (C) are diagrams showing the non-motorized prize 51 that did not enter the open state after entering the 16 round execution gate. FIGS. 48 (D) and (E) are diagrams showing the non-motorized accessory 51 in an open state after entering the 16 round execution gate. FIG. 48F is a diagram showing the display screen G when the release notification effect of notifying the player of the release of the non-electric role thing 51 as the ending effect is selected.

When transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. It arrange | positions in the lower left position of G, and the fluctuation | variation display of each symbol row Z1-Z3 is stopped.
Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the non-opening command has been received, so in step S1602 The effect determination process is executed, and in step S1603, a non-opening effect command related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of step S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 right-hits the player by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get a clune with a right-hand!" Suggest.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming ball is guided to the clone 53 via the guide rail 525.
After that, the game balls guided to the first claves 55 of the claves 53B via the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 551 along the side walls 552 and then enter one of the holes 553A, 553B. It will be.

FIG. 49 is a top view of the clone when entry to the 16-round execution gate occurs. Specifically, FIG. 49 (A) is a top view of the first crane 55, and FIGS. 49 (B) and (C) are top views of the second crane 56. FIG.
For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 49A, when entering the hole 553A (16-round execution gate) occurs, it is assumed that the MPU 92 receives the 16-round execution command in step S1610. Since it determines, in step S1611, the process of determining 16 round execution effects is executed, and in step S1612, the command for 16 round execution effects relating to the 16 round execution effects determined in the process of determining 16 round execution effects of step S1611 Set And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 48 (B) and FIG. 48 (D), the MPU 102 has the serif “16 R defined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By notifying the player that the execution of the round game 16 times is to be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

In addition, when the ball enters the hole 553A (16 round execution gate), the gaming ball is guided to the second crane 56 via the guide rail 555A. After rolling the rolling surface 561 along the side wall 562, the gaming ball enters one of the holes 563A to 563C.
For example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 49 (B), when entering the holes 563B and 563C occurs, the gaming balls are discharged to the game area via the discharge passage 566.

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 48, since the symbol display device 47 displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as the stop result, the MPU 92 displays the combination. The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the game ball is discharged to the game area in the discharge passage 566, the MPU 92 determines that the non-electric role object 51 is not being opened at step S1515, and therefore the opening of the non-electric role object 51 is played as an ending effect. Choose a normal effect that you do not want to notify. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 48, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. By displaying the dialogue of the angel present in "A certainty rush!", The player is notified that the high probability mode has been entered.

  Further, for example, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 49 (C), when ball entry to the hole 563A occurs, the gaming ball is guided to the non-motorized accessory 51 through the communication passage 565. Thereafter, the gaming ball guided to the non-electric accessory 51 via the communication passage 565 shifts the non-electric accessory 51 from the closed state to the open state.

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 48, since the symbol display device 47 displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as the stop result, the MPU 92 displays the combination. The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the gaming ball is guided to the non-electric combination 51 in the communication passage 565, the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-electric combination 51 is open, so the non-electric combination 51 as the ending effect. Select the release notification effect to notify the player of the release of the. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 48, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 48 (E), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 48 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the second clone 56 functions as a lottery clown having a rolling surface 561 (rolling surface for lottery) that rolls the gaming balls having entered the holes 553A and 553B. There is. Further, the second lone 56 is provided with the rolling surface 561 and is provided with holes 563A to 563C (a plurality of ball gathering portions for lottery) into which gaming balls rolling on the rolling surface 561 enter. And, each of the plurality of lottery ball entering units does not shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entering of the game ball, each hole 563B, 563C (first lottery ball entering unit); And a hole 563A (second lottery ball entry portion) for shifting the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball. Therefore, the second lone 56 functions as opening / closing lottery means for executing a lottery on the non-electric role object 51 based on the entry of the game balls into the holes 553A, 553B.

  In the present embodiment, the second crane 56 is employed as the opening and closing lottery means, but, for example, as in the case of the internal lottery performed based on the winning on the upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37, a counter is used. You may adopt a lottery that was Further, in the present embodiment, the opening and closing lottery means has drawn whether or not to shift the opening and closing ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball into the ball entry part. A lottery may be made as to whether or not to shift the ball means from the disadvantageous state in which it is easy to close to the advantageous state in which it is easy to open it. In short, the opening and closing lottery means may be any lottery as long as it can execute the drawing on the opening and closing means on the basis of the game ball entering the ball entry unit.

Here, in the present embodiment, the start-up ball-in-place means includes the upper operation port 36 (first start ball-in-place portion) and the lower operation port 37 (second start ball-in-place portion).
In addition, the pachinko machine 10, it is easy to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the upper operating opening 36, it is hard to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the lower operating opening 37, the left strike route (first path) A right-handed route (second path) is provided which is easy to generate game balls into the operation opening 37 and hard to generate game balls into the upper operation opening 36. Then, the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route.

Also, the main control device 60 is in the low frequency support mode (first gaming state) where the probability of entering the lower operating opening 37 lower than the upper operating opening 36 (first gaming state) and the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36 It has a high frequency support mode (second gaming state) in which the probability of hitting a ball is high, and functions as gaming state switching means for switching between the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode.
Specifically, after ending the game in the open / close execution mode, the main control device 60 switches from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode. Then, when the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" or the "most advantageous result", the main control device 60 continues the high frequency support mode until at least the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery. . In addition, when the game result is the “low probability result”, main control device 60 executes the game round (internal lottery) a predetermined number of times (100 times in the present embodiment), and then from the high frequency support mode Switch to infrequent support mode.

  Therefore, when the game result is "explicit small round high probability result" or "most advantageous result", after the game is over in the opening / closing execution mode, the player is at least a "big hit" in the lottery. The game round can be executed by causing the lower operating opening 37 to enter the game ball through the right-handed route. According to this, it is possible for the player to maintain the open state of the non-electric role 51 at least until the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery.

  On the other hand, if the game result is "low probability result", the player ends the game in the opening / closing execution mode and then executes 100 game times (from the high frequency support mode). By turning the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, it is possible to execute the game play until the mode is switched to the low frequency support mode. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

  In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the high frequency support mode with no number limit and the high frequency support mode with 100 number limit so that the game state advantageous to the player and the disadvantageous game can be avoided. Although the game state and the game state are created, by setting the game state other than these, a game state advantageous to the player and an adverse game state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 makes it possible to enter the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. The player has a first crunch 55, and the first chronograph 55 is provided with holes 553A and 553B for starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode when the game ball enters the game. After switching to the open / close execution mode, the game in the open / close execution mode can be started by causing the game balls to enter the holes 553A, 553B. In addition, since the first locke 55 includes the second locke 56 that executes the drawing on the non-electric role object 51 based on the entry of the game balls into the holes 553A and 553B, for example, the second locke 56 When the player has made a transition from the gaming state to the next opening / closing execution mode at the main control device 60 when the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by winning the lottery to be executed The game in the open / close execution mode can be started by causing the non-electric role item 51 to enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) A game in the opening / closing execution mode which starts upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 553A has a higher value than a game in the opening / closing execution mode which begins upon entering the gaming ball into the hole 553B. Since the game is given to the player, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 553A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode by causing the first clone 55 to enter the game ball. In addition, when the non-electric role thing 51 is made to shift from the closed state to the open state by winning the lottery executed in the second clue 56, the player makes the game state next time with the main control device 60. After shifting to the opening / closing execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role object 51, thereby giving the player a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into the hole 553B. The game in the open / close execution mode can be started. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) The entry of the game ball into the hole 553B can start the game in the open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the entry of the game ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 553A is By starting the game in the open / close execution mode in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls, the player is more valuable than the game in the open / close execution mode started upon entering the game ball into the hole 553B. Therefore, when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode, the player expects to enter the hole 553A. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition process starts the game in the open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number when entering the game ball into the hole 553B. By setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 more than a predetermined number when entering the game balls into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 553A, the number of gaming balls more than the predetermined number Since the game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the player can pay out is started, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 553A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since the holes 553A and 553B are provided on the rolling surface 551 of the first land 55, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the gaming ball having entered the first land 55. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(6) The opening and closing lottery means does not shift the non-electric role 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entering of the game ball, and the non-electric role 51 based on the entering of the game ball. And a second locke 56 having a hole 563A for transitioning from the closed state to the open state. According to this, the opening / closing lottery means independently operates the non-electric role thing 51 without being influenced by the first clone 55 provided with the holes 553A, 553B for starting the game of the opening / closing execution mode when entering the game ball. It can be lottery whether or not to shift from the closed state to the open state. In the case where the non-electric role object 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the gaming ball having entered the holes 553A and 553B to enter the hole 563A, the player controls the main controller 60 The game state is switched to the next opening / closing execution mode, and then the non-electric role object 51 is caused to enter the gaming ball, which is higher than the opening / closing execution mode game started upon entering the gaming ball into the hole 553B. It is possible to start the game in the open / close execution mode of giving value to the player. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(7) By receiving gaming balls at each plate-like member 513, the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the open state to the closed state, and is closed by receiving the gaming balls at each lower wing member 515. Since it shifts to the open state, it is possible to shift the open / close state using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as electric power.

(8) After ending the game in the opening / closing execution mode, the player passes through the right-handed route (until it is switched from the high frequency support mode to the low frequency support mode) until 100 times of game times are executed. By causing the game ball to enter the operation opening 37, it is possible to execute the game play. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

Fourth Embodiment
Hereinafter, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 50 is a front view of the game board according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes the clone 53 provided in the area on the left side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52. Then, the ball enters the hole 533A of the clune 53 and falls downward, and the gaming ball guided to the non-electric role object 51 via the communication passage 535 transfers the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state It was done. In addition, the game balls dropped into the holes 533 B and 533 C of the lone 53 and dropped downward are discharged to the game area through the discharge passage 536.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 50, the gaming board 31 is provided with a clone 53C provided in the area on the left side of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52. And all the game balls which entered into any of each hole 533A-533C (refer to FIG. 51) of the clone 53C, are the first embodiment in that the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state. It is different from

FIG. 51 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the crown as seen from the upper side.
As shown in FIG. 51, the clune 53C is provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531 and the disk-like rolling surface 531 for rolling the gaming balls guided to the clune 53 via the guide rails 525. And a side wall 532.
The guide rail 525 guides the gaming ball to the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532.

The rolling surface 531 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface, and is formed at the center of three holes 533A to 533C formed at equal intervals to one another, and also formed at each of the holes 533A to And a protrusion 534 having three side surfaces that are inclined to descend toward the 533C side. Further, the rolling surface 531 is inclined so as to be lowered as it goes from the side wall 532 side to the holes 533A to 533C side (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game balls guided to the claves 53 via the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side walls 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C (see FIG. Middle arrow A)).

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C is provided with detection sensors 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) for detecting entry of game balls, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k into the hole 533C. Detect the game ball entering. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the holes 533A to 533C occurs, unlike when entering the various winning openings. The detection sensors 40i to 40k may be of any type as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor can be adopted.

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C wins the transition to the opening / closing execution mode in the internal lottery, and when switching to the opening / closing execution mode, is a trigger to start the round game. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and after entering the open / close execution mode, when the ball enters each hole 533A to 533C, the open / close door 38b Is set to an open state, and execution of a round game is performed a predetermined number of times.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts to execute 16 round games when entering the hole 533A, so the hole 533A starts to execute 16 round games. Marks are displayed around the hole 533A to indicate that.
In addition, since the pachinko machine 10 starts execution of four round games when entering the ball into the holes 533B and 533C, the holes 533B and 533C start execution of four round games. Do not show the mark to suggest that you do.

In addition, the Kroon 53C includes a communication passage 535 for guiding the gaming balls to the non-electric role 51, and a guiding path 539 for guiding the gaming balls dropped into the communication passages 535 by entering the respective holes 533A to 533C. Have.
The guiding path 539 includes three upstream guiding paths 539A connected to the respective holes 533A to 533C, and a downstream guiding path 539B connected to each of the upstream guiding paths 539A and connected to the communication path 535. Have.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the Kroon 53C flows the game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the ball entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. It is possible to enter the ball, and functions as a variable ball entry means for shifting the non-motorized part 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball.

  In addition, the clone 53C includes holes 533B and 533C (first ball entry part) and holes 533A (second ball entry part) for entering game balls that have entered the clone 53C. The clune 53C has a rolling surface 531 on which the gaming ball entered into the clune 53C is rolled, and the first ball-in part and the second ball-in part are provided on the rolling surface 531 and The game ball rolling on the moving surface 531 is inserted.

  In the present embodiment, the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53, and the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 are caused to enter. . On the other hand, the first ball entering unit and the second ball entering unit distribute, for example, the game balls having entered the variable ball entering means into the first ball entering unit and the second ball entering unit It may be provided in the mechanism. In this case, the probability that the gaming balls are distributed to the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part by the distribution mechanism may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means may be provided with the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part.

  Here, as described above, the non-motorized character 51 and the hole 533A are 16 round execution gates that start to execute 16 round games. In addition, each hole 533B, 533C is a 4 round execution gate which starts the execution of 4 round games. Therefore, the game in the opening / closing execution mode starting upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A is higher than the game in the opening / closing execution mode initiating upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. It gives the player value.

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number of times (four times in the present embodiment) when entering the gaming balls into the holes 533B and 533C. The game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, and the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 is greater than the predetermined number when entering the game ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A (in this embodiment) By setting 16), the game in the open / close execution mode in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started.

  In the present embodiment, the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the gaming balls enter the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A, sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to set each hole 533B, 533C. The player is given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the game ball enters the ball, but each hole 533 B, 533 C, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38 or the like. The player may be given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode which starts upon entering the game ball to the game player. In short, the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into the opening / closing ball entry means and the second entry part is started when the game sphere enters the first entry part. It is sufficient to give the player a higher value than the game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A are 16 round execution gates for starting the execution of 16 round games, and the holes 533B and 533C are 4 round execution gates for starting the execution of four round games, and each hole The correspondence between 533A to 533C, and 16 round execution gates and 4 round execution gates was fixed. On the other hand, the correspondence between each hole 533A to 533C and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate may not be fixed. For example, the correspondence is changed based on the result of the internal lottery, etc. May be According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can extend the game characteristics, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Here, in the present embodiment, the start-up ball-in-place means includes the upper operation port 36 (first start ball-in-place portion) and the lower operation port 37 (second start ball-in-place portion).
In addition, the pachinko machine 10, it is easy to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the upper operating opening 36, it is hard to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the lower operating opening 37, the left strike route (first path) A right-handed route (second path) is provided which is easy to generate game balls into the operation opening 37 and hard to generate game balls into the upper operation opening 36. Then, the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route.

Also, the main control device 60 is in the low frequency support mode (first gaming state) where the probability of entering the lower operating opening 37 lower than the upper operating opening 36 (first gaming state) and the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36 It has a high frequency support mode (second gaming state) in which the probability of hitting a ball is high, and functions as gaming state switching means for switching between the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode.
Specifically, after ending the game in the open / close execution mode, the main control device 60 switches from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode. Then, when the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" or the "most advantageous result", the main control device 60 continues the high frequency support mode until at least the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery. . In addition, when the game result is the “low probability result”, main control device 60 executes the game round (internal lottery) a predetermined number of times (100 times in the present embodiment), and then from the high frequency support mode Switch to infrequent support mode.

  Therefore, when the game result is "explicit small round high probability result" or "most advantageous result", after the game is over in the opening / closing execution mode, the player is at least a "big hit" in the lottery. The game round can be executed by causing the lower operating opening 37 to enter the game ball through the right-handed route. According to this, it is possible for the player to maintain the open state of the non-electric role 51 at least until the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery.

  On the other hand, if the game result is "low probability result", the player ends the game in the opening / closing execution mode and then executes 100 game times (from the high frequency support mode). By turning the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, it is possible to execute the game play until the mode is switched to the low frequency support mode. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

  In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the high frequency support mode with no number limit and the high frequency support mode with 100 number limit so that the game state advantageous to the player and the disadvantageous game can be avoided. Although the game state and the game state are created, by setting the game state other than these, a game state advantageous to the player and an adverse game state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 makes it possible to enter the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. Since the clune 53C is provided and the clune 53C starts the game in the opening / closing execution mode when the game ball enters the ball, the player changes the gaming state to the opening / closing execution mode in the main control device 60 and then plays the game in the clown 53C. By entering a ball, it is possible to start the game in the open / close execution mode. Further, when the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the clune 53C, the player opens and closes the game state at the main control device 60 next time. After shifting to the execution mode, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the non-electric role thing 51 to enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A is more than the game in the opening / closing execution mode launched upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. Since a high value is given to the player, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode by causing the clown 53C to enter the game ball. . Further, when the non-electric role thing 51 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the clune 53C, the player opens and closes the game state at the main control device 60 next time. After shifting to the execution mode, the game ball is entered into the non-electric role article 51, thereby providing the player with a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. The game in the open / close execution mode to be granted can be started. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(3) Entry of the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C can start the game in the open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the non-electric role object 51 and the hole 533A of the game ball The ball entry starts the game of opening and closing execution mode which can pay out more game balls than a predetermined number of game balls, thereby starting the game of opening and closing execution mode when the game balls enter the holes 533B and 533C. Because the player is given a high value to the player, the player is expected to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition processing is an open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number when entering game balls into the holes 533B and 533C. More than a predetermined number of game balls by starting the game and setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 more than the predetermined number when entering the game balls into the non-electric character 51 and the hole 533A. Since the game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(5) Since the holes 533A to 533C are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53C, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the gaming balls having entered the clone 53C. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(6) The non-electric character 51 moves from the open state to the closed state by receiving the game balls at each plate-like member 513, and the closed state by receiving the game balls at the lower wing members 515 Since it shifts to the open state, it is possible to shift the open / close state using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as electric power.

(7) After finishing the game in the opening / closing execution mode, the player passes through the right-handed route (until it is switched from the high frequency support mode to the low frequency support mode) until 100 times of game times are executed. By causing the game ball to enter the operation opening 37, it is possible to execute the game play. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

Fifth Embodiment
Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 52 is a front view of the game board according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has the non-motor-operated character 51, and the non-motor-character 51 is provided on the lower right side of the general winning opening 35. In addition, the gaming ball which entered the hole 533A of the lone 53 and dropped downward is guided to the non-electric role object 51 through the communication passage 535.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 52, the game board 31 has a clone 53D and a non-electric role object 57, and the non-electric role object 57 has the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. It differs from the first embodiment in that it is provided on the upper side. Further, the gaming ball which has entered the hole 533A of the clone 53D and dropped downward is different from the first embodiment in that the gaming ball is guided to the non-electric accessory 57 through the communication passage 535D.

  The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings formed in the back and forth direction by being subjected to router processing in the game area. Also, the game board 31 has a general winning opening 35 provided at each opening, an upper operation opening (first start entry ball) 36, a lower operation opening (second start entry ball) 37, a variable winning device 38, It has an out port 39, and a non-motorized part 57. The non-motor-operated part 57 is provided on the upper side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, the game board 31 has an opening 313 provided on the lower right side of the general winning opening 35. In addition, the game board 31 includes a through gate 41 provided on each of the central left and central right, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right, and a variable display unit 43 provided in the central. Have. Furthermore, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 installed to disperse or adjust the falling direction of the game balls appropriately, and various members (features) such as a windmill in the game area ing.

  The non-electric role thing 57 is provided on the right side of the game area of the game board 31. Further, the non-electric role thing 57 is provided with a detection sensor 40f (see FIG. 11) for detecting entry of the game ball, and this detection sensor 40f is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the non-electric role object 57 occurs, unlike when entering the various winning openings. The non-motor-operated part 57 will be described in detail later.

  The variable display unit 43 includes a symbol display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a symbol that is a kind of symbol. Further, the variable display unit 43 includes a center frame 48 disposed so as to surround the symbol display device 47. The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered by the fall of the game ball. It is a structure.

The center frame 48 includes four first holding lamp parts 49a provided in the upper area of the symbol display device 47, and four second holding lamp parts 49b provided in the right area of the first holding lamp part 49a. , And four third holding lamp parts 49c provided in the upper area of the first holding lamp part 49a.
The center frame 48 is provided with a right variable ball entry mechanism 52 provided in the lower right area of the symbol display device 47, a crown 53D provided in the left region of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, and symbol display And a guide mechanism 58 provided in the upper right region of the device 47.

The right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 discharges to the outside of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 and a route route guiding the clown 53 D after the game ball flowing down the gaming area is made to enter the inside of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52. It has a function to guide the game ball entered in the inside of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the clone route or the discharge route by switching to the discharge route.
It should be noted that the player strikes the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 27 at the maximum and strikes the reaching position of the gaming ball in the upper part of the game area from the side of the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed. By shifting to the side, it is possible to guide the gaming ball to the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 while avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like (right strike route).

The crane 53D has substantially the same configuration as that of the first embodiment except for the communication passage 535.
Specifically, the clune 53D is connected to the hole 533A formed on the front side (front side) of the game board 31, and enters the hole 533A and drops the gaming ball downward. The communication passage 535D is provided to guide the user.

The guide mechanism 58 has a function of guiding the game balls flowing down the game area to the non-electric role item 57. Specifically, the guide mechanism 58 has a passage divided into two guide rails provided in a curved manner so as to reach the non-electric accessory 57 from the upper part of the game area, and a plurality of passages in the passage are divided. The game ball is formed in the width which can not pass simultaneously.
It should be noted that the player weakens the rotational operation amount of the launch handle 27 slightly more than the maximum and strikes right, and the reaching position of the gaming ball at the top of the game area is the side of the side where the exit portion of the induction rail 34 is formed. The game ball can be led to the inside of the guide mechanism 58 by reaching the inlet 58A of the guide mechanism 58 by shifting from the side to the side of the opposite side (weakening route).

FIG. 53 is a view showing an internal structure of a non-motor-driven combination. Specifically, FIG. 53 (A) is a front view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57, and FIG. 53 (B) is a side view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57. FIG.
As shown in FIG. 53, the non-electric role thing 57 is fixed to the lower end portion of each blade member 571 with a pair of blade members 571 provided to face each other in the horizontal direction. A pair of pivot shafts 572 rotatably provided about orthogonal axes and a pair of fan-shaped gears 573 concentrically fixed to the respective pivot shafts 572 are provided.

In the closed state of the non-motor-operated part 57, as shown in FIG. 53 (A), each blade member 571 is opposite in the horizontal direction, and has an opposing surface 571A disposed along the vertical direction. Further, as shown in FIG. 53 (B), each wing member 571 is provided in the game area (the front side of the game board 31).
Each wing member 571 is provided such that the passage 571B formed between the opposing surfaces 571A has a width such that a plurality of gaming balls can not pass simultaneously. In addition, the non-motor-operated part 57 includes a baffle plate 57A provided above the inlet of the passage 571B. The distance between the upper end of each wing member 571 and the baffle plate 57A is narrower than that for one game ball. Therefore, the gaming ball can not enter the non-motor-actuated item 57 via the entrance of the passage 571 B in the closed state of the non-motor-actuated object 57.

Among the wing members 571, the wing member 571 on the left side as viewed from the front side has a shaft 571 C formed so as to have a central axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31.
In addition, the non-electric role thing 57 is provided with the cover 574 provided in the game area so as to cover each blade member 571 and the passage 571B.

Further, the non-electric role thing 57 supports a cylindrical first arm 575A which abuts against the shaft 571C from the upper side, and supports the first arm 575A, and has an axis orthogonal to the board of the game board 31 as a center. , And a fan-shaped gear 575C fixed to the rotating shaft 575B.
Further, the non-electric role product 57 supports a fan-shaped gear 576A provided to mesh with the gear 575C, and supports the gear 576A, and is rotatable around an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. It is provided with a pair of provided rotational shafts 576B and a second arm 576C fixed to the rotational shafts 576B.

The second arm portion 576C enters the hole 533A of the clone 53D and falls downward, and is provided at a position to receive the game ball discharged from the discharge port formed below the communication passage 535D.
Therefore, the gaming ball which enters the hole 533A of the lone 53D and falls downward and is guided to the non-electric role object 57 through the communication passage 535D has a second arm as shown in FIG. 53 (A). Fall towards 576C.

FIG. 54 is a view showing the internal structure of the non-motor-driven part when the ball enters the 16-round execution gate. Specifically, FIG. 54 (A) is a front view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57, and FIG. 54 (B) is a side view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57. FIG.
The gaming ball dropped toward the second arm 576C rotates the gear 576A and the second arm 576C about the pivot shaft 576B as shown by the arrow in FIG.
The game ball dropped toward the second arm 576C rotates the second arm 576C, and then travels the second arm 576C to the discharge passage 577 using the inclination of the second arm 576C. Hit the ball. The discharge passage 577 discharges the game ball to the game area through the opening 313 (see FIG. 52).

  Further, since the pivot shaft 575B and the gear 575C pivot along with the pivoting of the gear 576A, the first arm 575A pivots along with the pivoting of the gear 575C. Then, the first arm 575A pushes the shaft 571C downward. Each blade member 571 is pivoted about the pair of pivot shafts 572 as a central axis via the pair of gears 573 by pushing down the shaft 571C with the first arm 575A. As a result, the non-motor-operated part 57 shifts from the closed state to the open state.

Here, similarly to the non-motorized part 51 in the first embodiment, the non-motorized part 57 is provided with a non-motorized part open detection sensor 519 for detecting transition from the closed state to the open state. . In addition, as long as it can detect opening of the non-motor part 57, the non-motor part opening detection sensor 519 may be anything, for example, a contact-type sensor etc. can be adopted. .
The distance between the upper end of each blade member 571 and the baffle plate 57A is wider than that of one game ball in the open state of the non-motor-actuated part 57. Therefore, the gaming ball can enter the non-motorized item 57 through the entrance of the passage 571 B in the open state of the non-motorized object 57.

FIG. 55 is a view showing the internal structure of the non-motor-actuated item when the ball enters the non-motor-actuated role. Specifically, FIG. 55 (A) is a front view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57, and FIG. 55 (B) is a side view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57. FIG.
Of the opposing surfaces 571A, the gaming balls dropped toward the non-motor-controlled part 57 through the guide mechanism 58 are each transmitted along the right-side opposing surface 571A as viewed from the front side among the opposing surfaces 571A. The central position of the facing surface 571A is reached.

FIG. 56 is a view showing an internal structure of the non-motor-actuated part after ball entry to the non-motor-actuated part has occurred. Specifically, FIG. 56 (A) is a front view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57, and FIG. 56 (B) is a side view of the internal structure of the non-electric part 57. FIG.
The gaming ball that has reached the center position of the facing surface 571A falls downward while rotating each blade member 571 as shown by the arrow in FIG. Specifically, each blade member 571 rotates around the pair of rotation shafts 572 as a central axis via the pair of gears 573.
The game balls dropped downward while rotating the respective wing members 571 enter the discharge communication passage 578. The discharge communication passage 578 guides the game ball to the above-described discharge passage 577, and the discharge passage 577 discharges the game ball to the game area through the opening 313 (see FIG. 52).

  Further, among the blade members 571, the blade member 571 on the left side as viewed from the front side pushes the shaft 571C upward and pushes the first arm 575A upward. The pivot shaft 575B and the gear 575C pivot along with the pivoting of the first arm 575A.

  Further, since the gear 576A and the rotation shaft 576B rotate with the rotation of the gear 575C, the second arm 576C rotates with the rotation of the gear 576A. Then, the second arm 576C is lifted and returned to the original position. As a result, the non-motor-operated part 57 shifts from the open state to the closed state.

  In the internal lottery, the non-electric role thing 57 wins the transition to the opening and closing execution mode, and when switching to the opening and closing execution mode, it is an opportunity to start a round game. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and after entering the open / close execution mode, if the ball enters the non-motor-controlled role item 57, the open / close door 38b Is set to an open state, and execution of a round game is performed a predetermined number of times.

  Here, entering the ball into the non-electric role thing 57 is determined by detecting whether or not the gaming ball has passed the discharge passage 577 with the detection sensor 40f. In other words, in the open state of the non-electric character 57, the gaming ball having entered the non-electric character 57 via the entrance of the passage 571B and the closed state of the non-electric character 57 through the communication passage 535D. The game balls guided to the non-electric role thing 57 are both determined as entering the non-electric role thing 57.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 starts to execute 16 round games when entering the non-motorized character 57, so the non-electric character 57 has 16 rounds. The characters "16R" indicating that the game is to be started are displayed (see FIG. 52).
In the present embodiment, the non-electric role products 57 and the holes 533A that start the execution of 16 round games are referred to as the 16 round execution gates, and the holes 533B and 533C that start the execution of the 4 round games are 4 It is called a round execution gate, and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate are collectively referred to as a round game execution gate.

As described above, the non-electric role thing 57 has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area is not entered. It functions as an open / close ball entry means that shifts from the open state to the closed state based on ball entry.
The non-electric role thing 57 is each blade member 571 (first receiving part) that receives the game ball that entered the non-electric role object 57, and the second arm 576C that receives the game ball that enters the hole 533A ( The second receiving portion) is provided, and the game balls are received by the respective wing members 571 to shift from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game balls at the second arm 576C, the closed state is released. Transition to the state.

  In the present embodiment, the opening and closing ball entering means is switched from the open state to the closed state by receiving the game ball in the first receiving part, and closed by receiving the game ball in the second receiving part. It was transitioning from the state to the open state. On the other hand, the opening and closing ball entering means comprises, for example, a drive unit for setting the opening and closing ball entering means to either the closed state or the open state, and a sensor for detecting the ball entry of the game ball. The open and close ball means may be shifted from the open state to the closed state by the drive unit based on the detection of the ball entering the ball. In short, the opening and closing ball entering means has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area is not entered, and is opened based on the game ball entering It is sufficient to shift to the closed state.

  In addition, the Kroon 53D enables the game ball entered into the Kroon 53D to enter, and the holes 533B, 533C (first) do not shift the non-electric role object 57 from the closed state to the open state based on the entering of the game ball. A ball 533A (second ball entry), which allows the player to enter the game ball having entered the ball into the clown 53D, and allows the non-electric role object 57 to shift from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball. Section) and In addition, the Kroon 53D has a rolling surface 531 on which the gaming ball entered into the Kroon 53D is rolled, and the first ball entering portion and the second ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface 531, The game ball rolling on the rolling surface 531 is made to enter.

  In the present embodiment, the first ball entering portion and the second ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53D, and the game balls rolling on the rolling surface 531 are caused to enter. . On the other hand, the first ball entering unit and the second ball entering unit distribute, for example, the game balls having entered the variable ball entering means into the first ball entering unit and the second ball entering unit It may be provided in the mechanism. In this case, the probability that the gaming balls are distributed to the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part by the distribution mechanism may be the same or different. In short, the variable ball entry means may be provided with the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part.

  Here, as described above, the non-motorized character item 57 and the hole 533A are 16 round execution gates that start to execute 16 round games. In addition, each hole 533B, 533C is a 4 round execution gate which starts the execution of 4 round games. Therefore, the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 57 and the hole 533A is higher than the game in the opening / closing execution mode initiated upon entering the gaming ball into each hole 533B, 533C. It gives the player value.

  Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 sets the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number of times (four times in the present embodiment) when entering the gaming balls into the holes 533B and 533C. The game in the open / close execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, and the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 is greater than the predetermined number when entering the game ball into the non-electric role 57 and hole 533A (in this embodiment) By setting 16), the game in the open / close execution mode in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started.

  In the present embodiment, the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the gaming ball enters the non-electric role item 57 and the hole 533A, sets the number of opening and closing times of the variable winning device 38 to set each hole 533B, 533C. The player is given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode, which starts when the game ball enters the ball, but each hole 533 B, 533 C, for example, by setting the opening time of the variable winning device 38 or the like. The player may be given a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode which starts upon entering the game ball to the game player. In short, the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into the opening / closing ball entry means and the second entry part is started when the game sphere enters the first entry part. It is sufficient to give the player a higher value than the game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A are 16 round execution gates for starting the execution of 16 round games, and the holes 533B and 533C are 4 round execution gates for starting the execution of four round games, and each hole The correspondence between 533A to 533C, and 16 round execution gates and 4 round execution gates was fixed. On the other hand, the correspondence between each hole 533A to 533C and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate may not be fixed. For example, the correspondence is changed based on the result of the internal lottery, etc. May be According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can extend the game characteristics, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Here, in the present embodiment, the start-up ball-in-place means includes the upper operation port 36 (first start ball-in-place portion) and the lower operation port 37 (second start ball-in-place portion).
In addition, the pachinko machine 10, it is easy to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the upper operating opening 36, it is hard to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the lower operating opening 37, the left strike route (first path) A right-handed route (second path) is provided which is easy to generate game balls into the operation opening 37 and hard to generate game balls into the upper operation opening 36. Then, the non-motor-operated part 57 is disposed on a weak hitting route (third route) different from the left hitting route and the right hitting route.

Also, the main control device 60 is in the low frequency support mode (first gaming state) where the probability of entering the lower operating opening 37 lower than the upper operating opening 36 (first gaming state) and the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36 It has a high frequency support mode (second gaming state) in which the probability of hitting a ball is high, and functions as gaming state switching means for switching between the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode.
Specifically, after ending the game in the open / close execution mode, the main control device 60 switches from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode. Then, when the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" or the "most advantageous result", the main control device 60 continues the high frequency support mode until at least the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery. . In addition, when the game result is the “low probability result”, main control device 60 executes the game round (internal lottery) a predetermined number of times (100 times in the present embodiment), and then from the high frequency support mode Switch to infrequent support mode.

  Therefore, when the game result is "explicit small round high probability result" or "most advantageous result", after the game is over in the opening / closing execution mode, the player is at least a "big hit" in the lottery. The game round can be executed by causing the lower operating opening 37 to enter the game ball through the right-handed route. According to this, it is possible for the player to maintain the open state of the non-electric role 51 at least until the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery.

  On the other hand, if the game result is "low probability result", the player ends the game in the opening / closing execution mode and then executes 100 game times (from the high frequency support mode). By turning the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, it is possible to execute the game play until the mode is switched to the low frequency support mode. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. In addition, since the non-electric role item 57 is disposed on the weak hitting route, the player causes the game ball to be fired in a path different from the case where the game ball is made to enter the upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37. Thus, it is possible to cause the non-electric role thing 57 to enter the game ball. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 57 is arranged on the weak hitting route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 57 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. In addition, even if the game state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the non-electric role thing 57 does not cause the game ball to enter. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 57 does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game at ease.

  In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the high frequency support mode with no number limit and the high frequency support mode with 100 number limit so that the game state advantageous to the player and the disadvantageous game can be avoided. Although the game state and the game state are created, by setting the game state other than these, a game state advantageous to the player and an adverse game state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

According to such this embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 makes it possible to enter the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. Since the clune 53D is provided and the clune 53D starts the game in the opening / closing execution mode when the game ball enters the ball, the player changes the gaming state to the opening / closing execution mode in the main control device 60, and then plays the clown 53D. By entering a ball, it is possible to start the game in the open / close execution mode. Further, when the non-electric role thing 57 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the clune 53D, the player opens or closes the game state next time with the main control device 60. After shifting to the execution mode, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the non-electric role thing 57 to enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game. In addition, since the non-electric role item 57 is disposed on the weak hitting route, the player causes the game ball to be fired in a path different from the case where the game ball is made to enter the upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37. Thus, it is possible to cause the non-electric role thing 57 to enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can reliably reflect the player's intention, and can make the player play comfortably.

(2) After finishing the game in the opening / closing execution mode, the player passes through the right-handed route (until the high-frequency support mode is switched to the low-frequency support mode) until 100 times of game execution is performed. By causing the game ball to enter the operation opening 37, it is possible to execute the game play. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Further, since the non-electric role thing 57 is disposed on the weak hitting route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 57 from the closed state to the open state and then executes 100 game times. In addition, even if the game state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the non-electric role thing 57 does not cause the game ball to enter. Therefore, since the non-electric role thing 57 does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game at ease.

(3) The game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the gaming ball into the non-electric character 57 and the hole 533A is more than the game in the opening / closing execution mode launched upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. Since a high value is given to the player, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode by causing the clown 53D to enter the game ball. . Further, when the non-electric role thing 57 is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the clune 53D, the player opens or closes the game state next time with the main control device 60. After shifting to the execution mode, the game ball is entered into the non-electric role object 57, thereby providing the player with a higher value than the game in the opening / closing execution mode started upon entering the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C. The game in the open / close execution mode to be granted can be started. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The entry of the game ball into each hole 533B, 533C can start the game in the open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the non-electric role item 57 and the hole 533A of the game ball The ball entry starts the game of opening and closing execution mode which can pay out more game balls than a predetermined number of game balls, thereby starting the game of opening and closing execution mode when the game balls enter the holes 533B and 533C. Because the player is given a high value to the player, the player is expected to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(5) The game state transition processing is an open / close execution mode in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number when entering game balls into the holes 533B and 533C. More than a predetermined number of game balls by starting the game and setting the number of times of opening and closing of the variable winning device 38 to be more than the predetermined number when entering the game balls into the non-electric role object 57 and the hole 533A. Since the game in the opening / closing execution mode in which the game ball can be paid out is started, the player expects the ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(6) Since the holes 533A to 533C are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53D, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the gaming balls having entered the clone 53D. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(7) By receiving gaming balls with each blade member 571, the non-electric role thing 57 shifts from the open state to the closed state, and from the closed state by receiving the gaming balls with the second arm 576C. Since the transition to the open state is made, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring any other power such as power.

Sixth Embodiment
Hereinafter, a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

FIG. 57 is an enlarged view of the clone according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention as viewed from above.
In the first embodiment, when the game board 31 includes the clone 53 and entry of the clone 53 into the hole 533A occurs, execution of 16 round games is started, and the clone 53 hole 533B, When entering the 533C, it has started to execute four round games. In other words, the number of times of execution of the round game was associated with each of the holes 533A to 533C of the crew 53.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the gaming board 31 is provided with the clone 53E, and the number of times of execution of the round game is different from the first embodiment in that it is not associated with each of the holes 533A to 533C of the clone 53E. .

As shown in FIG. 57, the clune 53E is provided along the periphery of the rolling surface 531 and the disk-like rolling surface 531 for rolling the gaming balls guided to the clune 53E via the guide rails 525. And a side wall 532.
The guide rail 525 guides the gaming ball to the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532.

The rolling surface 531 is formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface, and is formed at the center of three holes 533A to 533C formed at equal intervals to one another, and also formed at each of the holes 533A to And a protrusion 534 having three side surfaces 534A to 534C which are inclined to descend toward the 533C side. The hole 533A is formed at the boundary between the rolling surface 531 and the side surface 534A of the protrusion 534. The hole 533B is formed at the boundary between the rolling surface 531 and the side surface 534B of the protrusion 534. The hole 533C is formed at the boundary between the rolling surface 531 and the side surface 534C of the protrusion 534. Further, the rolling surface 531 is inclined so as to be lowered as it goes from the side wall 532 side to the holes 533A to 533C side (see FIG. 4).
Therefore, the game balls guided to the claves 53E via the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side walls 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C is provided with detection sensors 40i to 40k (see FIG. 11) for detecting entry of game balls, and the detection sensors 40i to 40k are disposed on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the detection sensor 40i detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533A, the detection sensor 40j detects the entry of the game ball into the hole 533B, and the detection sensor 40k into the hole 533C. Detect the game ball entering. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the winning balls when entering the holes 533A to 533C occurs, unlike when entering the various winning openings. The detection sensors 40i to 40k may be of any type as long as they can individually detect the winning of the game balls. For example, an electromagnetic induction proximity sensor can be adopted.

  Each of the holes 533A to 533C wins the transition to the opening / closing execution mode in the internal lottery, and when switching to the opening / closing execution mode, is a trigger to start the round game. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and after entering the open / close execution mode, when the ball enters each hole 533A to 533C, the open / close door 38b Is set to an open state, and execution of a round game is performed a predetermined number of times.

  In addition, the clune 53E is connected to the hole 533A formed on the front side (front side) of the game board 31, and enters the hole 533A and drops downward as shown by the arrow B in the figure. It is connected to a communication passage 535 for guiding the non-electric character 51 (see FIG. 5) and two holes 533 B and 533 C formed on the back side (back side) of the game board 31. As shown, there is provided a discharge passage 536 for discharging the gaming balls which entered the holes 533B and 533C and dropped downward to the gaming area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 2).

  The side surfaces 534A to 534C of the protrusion 534 are formed of a translucent resin. In addition, the protrusion 534 includes three two-color light emitting LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 provided on the vertically lower side of each of the side surfaces 534A to 534C, and an LED driving unit 534D for independently driving each two color light emitting LED 534A1 to 534C1. Have. The LED drive unit 534D can emit each red light emitting LED 534A1 to 534C1 in red or blue by driving each 2 color emission LED 534A1 to 534C1, and thus causes each side surface 534A to 534C to emit light in red or blue. be able to.

<Electric Configuration of Audio Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 58 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the sound emission control apparatus and the display control apparatus.
As shown in FIG. 58, the audio light emission control device 90 includes an audio light emission control substrate 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the audio light emission control substrate 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 constituting the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 93 is executed, and is a volatile storage means requiring an external power supply when storing the stored information. It is. The RAM 94 has various areas such as a command list storage area 94a.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main control unit 60 as described above. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to the various lamp units 23 and 49 a to 49 c, the two-color light emitting LEDs 534 A to 534 C 1, the speaker unit 24, and the display control device 100.
The MPU 92 executes drive control of the various lamp units 23, 49a to 49c, the respective two-color light emitting LEDs 534A1 to 534C1, and the speaker unit 24 based on commands transmitted from the main control device 60.
Further, the MPU 92 transmits commands as a result of analyzing these commands to the display control apparatus 100. The audio light emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of the signal line.

  The display control apparatus 100 includes a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 constituting the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104 are integrated into a chip. The MPU 102, the VDP 105, the character ROM 106, and the video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

  The MPU 102 analyzes a command transmitted from the audio light emission control device 90 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on the command to execute control of the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 controls the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply to hold stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the program ROM 103 is executed, and is volatile which requires an external power supply to hold the stored information. It is a storage means.

  The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the symbol display device 47. Since the VDP 105 is formed into an IC chip, it is also referred to as a “drawing chip”, and its substance is to be said to be a microcomputer chip incorporating firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102, and stores the image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 47. The character ROM 106 holds bit map format image data of various patterns, a color pallet table to be referred to when determining a color to be expressed in each dot of the bit map image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 47, and the display content of the symbol display device 47 is changed by rewriting the content of the video RAM 107.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the winning processing for the round game execution gate and the setting processing of the number of rounds are different from those of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the winning process for the round game execution gate and the setting process of the number of rounds in the present embodiment will be described.

<Prize processing for the round game execution gate>
FIG. 59 is a view showing a flowchart of a winning process for a round game execution gate.
In the winning process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S201E to S204, as shown in FIG.

  In step S201E, the MPU 62 determines whether the gaming ball has entered the 16 round execution gate. In the present embodiment, the non-motorized part 51 and the holes 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gates among the holes 533A to 533C are referred to as 16 round execution gates (round game execution gates), and the MPU 62 It is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the 16 round execution gate by determining whether or not each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the 16 round execution gate has detected the entry of the game ball. The MPU 62 sets the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C to the 16th round execution gate in the round number setting process described later.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S201E that the gaming ball has entered the 16 round execution gate, the MPU 62 sets a 16 round execution flag in the RAM 64 in step S202. The 16-round execution flag is a flag for specifying that entry to the 16-round execution gate has occurred. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines that the gaming ball has not entered the 16 round execution gate in step S201E, whether or not the gaming ball has entered the 4 round execution gate in step S203E. Determine In the present embodiment, of the holes 533A to 533C, the holes 533A to 533C set to the 4 round execution gate are referred to as 4 round execution gate (round game execution gate), and the MPU 62 corresponds to the 4 round execution gate It is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the 4-round execution gate by determining whether or not each detection sensor 40i to 40k has detected entry of the game ball. The MPU 62 sets the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C as four-round execution gates in the process of setting the number of rounds described later.
If the MPU 62 determines that the gaming ball has entered the 4-round execution gate in step S203E, it sets a 4-round execution flag in the RAM 64 in step S204. The 4-round execution flag is a flag for specifying that the entry to the 4-round execution gate has occurred. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the 4-round execution gate in step S203E, the winning for the round game execution gate is performed without executing the processing of step S204 and subsequent steps. End the process.

FIG. 60 is a flowchart of the process of setting the number of rounds.
In the process of setting the number of rounds, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1012 substantially as in the first embodiment. The present embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the MPU 62 executes step S1013E after executing step S1002 and then executes step S1002 as shown in FIG.
In step S1013E, the MPU 62 executes setting processing for the round game execution gate.
Hereinafter, the setting process for the round game execution gate will be described in detail.

FIG. 61 is a view showing a flowchart of setting processing for the round game execution gate.
In the setting process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S1701E to S1703E as shown in FIG.
In step S1701E, the MPU 62 executes a lottery process of the round game execution gate. Specifically, in the lottery process of the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes the lottery whether or not each hole 533A to 533C is set to the 16 round execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment) .

  In the present embodiment, the MPU 62 sets the probability that each hole 533A to 533C is set to the 16-round execution gate to be 50%, but may be larger than 50% or smaller than 50%. In addition, for example, when the game result is the “low probability result”, the MPU 62 lowers the probability of setting each hole 533A to 533C to the 16 round execution gate, and the game result is the “most advantageous result”. In this case, the probability of setting each hole 533A to 533C to 16 round execution gates may be increased, and the probability of setting each hole 533A to 533C to 16 round execution gates may be varied according to other gaming situations. Good.

  In step S1702E, the MPU 62 executes setting processing of a round game execution gate. Specifically, in the setting process of the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 sets each hole 533A to 533C among the holes 533A to 533C, which has won the lottery process of the round game execution gate, to the 16 round execution gate. Each hole 533A to 533C which has not won the lottery process of the game execution gate is set as a four round execution gate.

When setting each hole 533A to 533C to the 16 round execution gate, the MPU 62 sets each detection sensor 40i to 40k corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C to the 16 round execution gate.
When setting each hole 533A to 533C as a four round execution gate, the MPU 62 sets each detection sensor 40i to 40k corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C as a four round execution gate.

  The MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store execution gate information relating to the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate. Then, based on the execution gate information stored in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines in step S201E whether or not the game ball has entered the 16 round execution gate, and in step S203E the game ball to the 4 round execution gate It is determined whether the ball has entered the ball.

In step S1703E, the MPU 62 sets a round game execution gate command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the command for round game execution gate set in step S1703E to the sound emission control device 90. The round game execution gate command includes execution gate information relating to the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C and the 16 round execution gate and the 4 round execution gate.
In addition, the sound emission control apparatus 90 performs a predetermined | prescribed process based on the command for round game execution gates transmitted from MPU62. This process will be described in detail later.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the round game is a first specified game (four round games) and a second specified game (16 times) in which the player is given a higher value than the first specified game. Of the round game) and. Moreover, the round game started on entering the game ball to the non-electric role thing 51 is a second specific game.
In the present embodiment, the second specified game provides the player with a higher value than the first specified game by making the number of times of execution of the round game different, for example, the execution of the round game The player may be given higher value than the first specific game by paying out more game balls than the first specific game without making the number of times different. In short, the second specified game may provide the player with a higher value than the first specified game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the MPU 62 performs the lottery whether or not each hole 533A to 533C is set to the 16 round execution gate in the lottery process of the round game execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment) Running. Then, the MPU 62 sets each hole 533A to 533C among the holes 533A to 533C that has won the lottery process on the round game execution gate in the round game execution gate setting process to 16 round execution gates, and the round game execution gate The holes 533A to 533C, which did not win the lottery process, are set as the four round execution gates. In other words, the MPU 62 starts the first specified game and the first specified game when the game balls enter the respective holes 533A to 533C by executing the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. I have set 2 specific games. Then, the game state transition process starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game when the game balls enter the holes 533A to 533C.

In the present embodiment, in the lottery process of the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 performs the lottery whether or not each hole 533A to 533C is set to the 16 round execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment) Since the process is performed, the number of the holes 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C is 0 to 3.
On the other hand, after determining the number of each of the holes 533A to 533C to be set to the 16 round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C, the MPU 62 determines each of the holes 533A to 533C to be set to the 16 round execution gate. May be Also, in this case, for example, when the game result is "low probability result", the number of holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C is reduced, and the game is played. If the result is "the most advantageous result", the number of holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gates may be increased among the holes 533A to 533C, and each of the holes may be increased according to the other gaming situations. Of the holes 533A to 533C, the number of the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gate may be changed.

In the present embodiment, the game state transition processing in the first embodiment is performed to start either the first specified game or the second specified game when the game ball enters each hole 533A to 533C. Configured.
On the other hand, for example, in the game state transition processing in the second, fourth and fifth embodiments, either the first specified game or the second specified game upon entering the game ball into each hole 533A to 533C. The game state transition processing in the third embodiment may be configured to start, and when the gaming ball enters the holes 553A and 553B, either the first specific game or the second specific game is started. It may be configured to

  Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the effect determination process is different from the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the effect determination process in the present embodiment will be described.

<About the effect determination process executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 62 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the effect determination process.
The MPU 92 of the voice light emission control device 90 executes the effect determination process in order to execute effects for game use, effects for the open / close execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1501 to S1518 substantially as in the first embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 62, after executing the processing of step S1508, or if it is determined in step S1501 that the variation command and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 performs the step. This embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that step S1519E is executed before S1509 is executed.
In step S1519E, the MPU 92 executes a round game execution gate determination process.
Hereinafter, the determination processing of the round game execution gate will be described in detail.

FIG. 63 is a view showing a flowchart of round game execution gate determination processing.
In the determination processing of the round game execution gate, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801E to S1803E as shown in FIG.
In step S1801E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the round game execution gate command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that a round game execution gate command has been received, it executes an execution gate determination effect determination process in step S1802E. In this execution gate determination effect determination process, the MPU 92 refers to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93 to select the content of the effect corresponding to the round game execution gate command.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected effect.
Furthermore, the MPU 92 causes each two-color light emitting LED 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gate to emit light in red based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. Each side 534A-534C is made blue by making each side 534A-534C emit light in red and each two-color light emitting LED 534A1-534C1 corresponding to each hole 533A-533C set in the 4 round execution gate emits light in blue. Make it glow.

  In step S1803E, the MPU 92 sets an execution gate determination effect command related to the execution gate determination effect determined in the determination process of the execution gate determination effect in step S1802E. Then, the MPU 92 stores the execution gate determination effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The command for execution gate determination effect is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above. Further, the command for execution gate determination effect includes execution gate information related to the relationship between the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C, the 16 round execution gate, and the 4 round execution gate.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute the execution gate determination effect based on the execution gate determination effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes the effect gate determination effect.

<Flow on transition to open / close execution mode>
FIG. 64 is a diagram showing an example of determination processing of an execution gate determination effect and an execution gate determination effect. Specifically, FIG. 64 (A) is a view showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 47. As shown in FIG. FIG. 64 (B) is an enlarged view of the clone 53E as viewed from above.
When transitioning to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped.

  Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that a round game execution gate command has been received, so in step S1802E, the execution gate determination effect determination process is executed. In step S1803E, an execution gate determination effect command related to the execution gate determination effect determined in the determination process of the execution gate determination effect in step S1802E is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes an execution gate determination effect based on the execution gate determination effect command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  In the determination process of the execution gate finalization effect, as shown in FIG. 64 (B), the MPU 92 sets each hole 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gate based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. The corresponding two-color light emitting LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 emit light in red to cause the side surfaces 534A to 534C to emit red light, and the respective two color light emitting LEDs 534A1 corresponding to the respective holes 533A to 533C set in the four rounds execution gate. The side surfaces 534A to 534C emit blue light by emitting ~ 534C1 to blue.

  In the example of FIG. 64, the MPU 62 sets the holes 533A to 16 round execution gates, and sets the holes 533B and 533C to 4 round execution gates. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the side 534A to emit red light by emitting the two-color light emitting LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set to the 16 round execution gate in red, and each set in the 4 round execution gate The two side light emitting LEDs 534B1 and 534C1 corresponding to the holes 533B and 533C emit blue light, so that the side surfaces 534B and 534C emit blue light.

  In the effect gate finalization effect, as shown in FIG. 64A, the MPU 102 displays a schematic view SD of the clone 53E viewed from the upper side at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination effect command, the MPU 102 corresponds to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gates, respectively. The area is displayed in red, and the area in the schematic view SD corresponding to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 4 round execution gate is displayed in blue. In addition, the MPU 102 displays each of the angel dialogues “Red is 16R, Blue is 4R!” Existing at the lower right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby each hole 533A corresponding to the red area is displayed. ~ 533 C is a 16 round execution gate, and each hole 533 A to 533 C corresponding to the blue area is suggested to the player that it is a 4 round execution gate.

  Thereafter, after switching to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, as shown in FIG. The flow when it is set to is described in detail.

FIG. 65 is a view showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the non-motor-operated part is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when it is not opened. In addition, FIG. 65 illustrates the non-motorized prize 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 65 (A) is a diagram showing display screen G after execution gate determination effect is performed. FIGS. 65 (B) and 65 (C) are diagrams showing a display screen G in the case where entry to the 4-round execution gate occurs. FIGS. 65 (D) and 65 (E) are diagrams showing the display screen G in the case where entry to the 16th round execution gate occurs. FIG. 65F is a view showing the display screen G when the release notification effect of notifying the player of the release of the non-electric role object 51 as the ending effect is selected.

  After executing the execution gate finalization effect, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the command for non-opening time has been received, so in step S1602, the process for determining the effect for non-opening time is executed, and in step S1603 A command for non-opening effect related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (A), the MPU 102 displays a dialogue of an angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get to Clune with a right!" Suggest that you strike the player right.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming balls are guided to the clone 53E via the guide rails 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53E through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  When entering the holes 533 B and 533 C (four round execution gate) occurs, the MPU 92 determines that the four round execution command is received at step S 1607, so four round execution representation is performed at step S 1608. In step S1609, a 4-round execution effect command relating to the 4-round execution effect determined in the 4-round execution effect determination process of step S1608 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes a four-round execution effect based on the four-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (B), the MPU 102 displays the serif “4R set! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of four round games is to be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 65, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When entering the ball into each hole 533B, 533C (four round execution gate) occurs, the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is not open at step S1515, so the non-motorized part is displayed as the ending effect. Select the normal effect of not notifying the player of the release of 51. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 65 (C), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

  On the other hand, when the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16 round execution command is received in step S1610, so 16 in step S1611. A determination process of round execution effect is executed, and in step S1612, a command for 16 round execution effect relating to the 16 round execution effect determined in the determination process of 16 round execution effect of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (D), the MPU 102 displays the serif “16 R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of 16 round games is to be started. Also, the ball enters the hole 533A of the clune 53E and falls downward, and the gaming ball guided to the non-electric role object 51 via the communication passage 535 transfers the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state Let

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 65, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is being opened in step S1515, and thus the non-motorized part 51 is displayed as an ending effect. Select an open notification effect to notify the player of the release. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 65 (E), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" After that, as shown in FIG. 65 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” , The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51.

FIG. 66 is a diagram showing another example of determination processing of an execution gate determination effect and an execution gate determination effect. Specifically, FIG. 66 (A) is a view showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 47. As shown in FIG. FIG. 66B is an enlarged view of the clone 53E as viewed from the upper side.
When transitioning to the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 66A, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, The variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped.

  Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that a round game execution gate command has been received, so in step S1802E, the execution gate determination effect determination process is executed. In step S1803E, an execution gate determination effect command related to the execution gate determination effect determined in the determination process of the execution gate determination effect in step S1802E is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes an execution gate determination effect based on the execution gate determination effect command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  In the determination process of the execution gate finalization effect, as shown in FIG. 66 (B), the MPU 92 sets each hole 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gate based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. The corresponding two-color light emitting LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 emit light in red to cause the side surfaces 534A to 534C to emit red light, and the respective two color light emitting LEDs 534A1 corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the four round execution gate. The side surfaces 534A to 534C emit blue light by emitting ~ 534C1 to blue.

  In the example of FIG. 66, the MPU 62 sets the holes 533A to four round execution gates, and sets the holes 533B and 533C to sixteen round execution gates. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the side surface 534A to emit blue light by causing the two-color light emitting LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set to the 4 round execution gate to emit blue light, and each set for the 16 round execution gate The two side light emitting LEDs 534B1 and 534C1 corresponding to the holes 533B and 533C emit light in red, thereby emitting the side surfaces 534B and 534C in red.

  In the effect gate finalization effect, as shown in FIG. 66A, the MPU 102 displays a schematic view SD in which the clone 53E is viewed from the upper side at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination effect command, the MPU 102 corresponds to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gates, respectively. The area is displayed in red, and the area in the schematic view SD corresponding to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 4 round execution gate is displayed in blue. In addition, the MPU 102 displays each of the angel dialogues “Red is 16R, Blue is 4R!” Existing at the lower right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby each hole 533A corresponding to the red area is displayed. ~ 533 C is a 16 round execution gate, and each hole 533 A to 533 C corresponding to the blue area is suggested to the player that it is a 4 round execution gate.

  Thereafter, after switching to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, as shown in FIG. The flow when it is set to is described in detail.

FIG. 67 is a view showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-operated part, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the non-motor-operated part is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when it is not opened. Note that FIG. 67 illustrates the non-motorized prize 51 at the lower left of the display screen G in a simplified manner.
Specifically, FIG. 67 (A) is a view showing a display screen G after execution gate determination effect is performed. FIGS. 67 (B) and 67 (C) are diagrams showing the display screen G in the case where entry to the 16th round execution gate occurs. FIGS. 67 (D) and 67 (E) are diagrams showing the display screen G in the case where entry to the 4-round execution gate has occurred. FIG. 67F is a view showing the display screen G when the release notification effect of notifying the player of the release of the non-electric role thing 51 as the ending effect is selected.

  After executing the execution gate finalization effect, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the command for non-opening time has been received, so in step S1602, the process for determining the effect for non-opening time is executed, and in step S1603 A command for non-opening effect related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 67 (A), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the lower right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get a clone with a right!" By suggesting that the player strikes right.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming balls are guided to the clone 53E via the guide rails 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53E through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  When the ball enters the holes 533B and 533C (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16 round execution command is received in step S1610, so in step S1611 the 16 round execution representation In step S1612, a command for 16 round execution effect relating to the 16 round execution effect determined in the 16 round execution effect determination process of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 67 (B), the MPU 102 displays the serif “16R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of 16 round games is to be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 67, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the holes 533B and 533C (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is not open at step S1515, so the non-motorized part 51 is displayed as the ending effect. Select a normal effect that does not notify the player of the release of the. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 67, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 67 (C), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

  On the other hand, when the ball enters the hole 533A (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the four-round execution command is received in step S1607. In step S1609, a command for 4-round execution effect relating to the 4-round execution effect determined in the 4-round execution effect determination process of step S1608 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes a four-round execution effect based on the four-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 67 (D), the MPU 102 displays the serif “4R set! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of four round games is to be started. Also, the ball enters the hole 533A of the clune 53E and falls downward, and the gaming ball guided to the non-electric role object 51 via the communication passage 535 transfers the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state Let

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 67, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the hole 533A (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1515 that the non-motorized part 51 is in the open state, and thus the non-motorized part 51 of the ending effect is produced. Select an open notification effect to notify the player of the release. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 67, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 67 (E), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 67 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the hole 533A is set to the four round execution gate in the setting process of the round game execution gate in step S1013E and four balls enter the hole 533A, four round games are performed. Can be started, and the non-electric accessory 51 can be shifted from the closed state to the open state.
On the other hand, in the setting process of the round game execution gate of step S1013E, the hole 533A is set to the 16 round execution gate, and when entering the hole 533A occurs, the execution of 16 round games is started It is possible to shift the non-motor-operated item 51 from the closed state to the open state.
Therefore, the player expects the game ball to enter the hole 533A when starting the round game by causing the game ball to enter the clown 53E, and expects the start of 16 round games. It will be.

Further, in the present embodiment, when each hole 533B, 533C is set to the four round execution gate in the setting process of the round game execution gate of step S1013E, and when the ball entering each hole 533B, 533C occurs, Execution of round games can be started.
On the other hand, when each hole 533B, 533C is set to 16 round execution gates in the setting process of the round game execution gate of step S1013E and the ball entering each hole 533B, 533C occurs, 16 times Execution of the round game can be started.
Therefore, the player expects the start of 16 round games when starting the round game by causing the game balls to enter the holes 533B and 533C.

  Hereinafter, the flow in the case of transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is opened will be described in detail.

FIG. 68 is a view showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the non-motor-driven role, and the right variable ball entry mechanism when the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode when the non-motor-powered object is opened. In addition, FIG. 68 is simplified and shown in figure at the lower left of the display screen G. FIG.
Specifically, FIG. 68 (A) is a view showing a display screen G after execution gate determination effect is performed. FIGS. 68 (B) and 68 (C) are diagrams showing the display screen G when the ball entering the non-motor-actuated item 51 is generated.

  After executing the execution gate finalization effect, the MPU 92 determines in step S1604 that an open time command has been received, so in step S1605, it executes an open time effect determination process, and in step S1606, performs step S1605. An opening effect command relating to the opening effect determined in the opening effect determination process is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes the opening effect based on the opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, the MPU 102 suggests that the player strikes the left by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, “16R confirmed by left strike!” .

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming balls are guided to the clone 53E via the guide rails 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53E through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.
In the case where ball entry into each hole 533A to 533C occurs, the pachinko machine 10 executes the same process as in the case of transitioning to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened.

  When the ball enters the non-motorized part 51 (16-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16-round execution command has been received in step S1610, and therefore the 16-round execution is performed in step S1611. The effect determination process is executed, and in step S1612, a 16-round execution effect command relating to the 16-round execution effect determined in the 16-round execution effect determination process of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 68 (B), the MPU 102 displays the serif “16R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of 16 round games is to be started. In addition, the gaming ball having entered the non-electric accessory 51 through the entrance of the passage 511B causes the non-electric accessory 51 to transition from the open state to the closed state.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 68, since the symbol display device 47 displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7 or 7) on the effective line L as the stop result, the MPU 92 displays the combination. The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the non-motorized item 51 (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized item 51 is not open at step S1515, so the non-motorized item is used as an ending effect. Select the normal effect of not notifying the player of the release of 51. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 68, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. 68 (C), centers the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

Here, in the present embodiment, the start-up ball-in-place means includes the upper operation port 36 (first start ball-in-place portion) and the lower operation port 37 (second start ball-in-place portion).
In addition, the pachinko machine 10, it is easy to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the upper operating opening 36, it is hard to generate the ball entry of the game ball to the lower operating opening 37, the left strike route (first path) A right-handed route (second path) is provided which is easy to generate game balls into the operation opening 37 and hard to generate game balls into the upper operation opening 36. Then, the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route.

Also, the main control device 60 is in the low frequency support mode (first gaming state) where the probability of entering the lower operating opening 37 lower than the upper operating opening 36 (first gaming state) and the lower operating opening 37 than the upper operating opening 36 It has a high frequency support mode (second gaming state) in which the probability of hitting a ball is high, and functions as gaming state switching means for switching between the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode.
Specifically, after ending the game in the open / close execution mode, the main control device 60 switches from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode. Then, when the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" or the "most advantageous result", the main control device 60 continues the high frequency support mode until at least the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery. . In addition, when the game result is the “low probability result”, main control device 60 executes the game round (internal lottery) a predetermined number of times (100 times in the present embodiment), and then from the high frequency support mode Switch to infrequent support mode.

  Therefore, when the game result is "explicit small round high probability result" or "most advantageous result", after the game is over in the opening / closing execution mode, the player is at least a "big hit" in the lottery. The game round can be executed by causing the lower operating opening 37 to enter the game ball through the right-handed route. According to this, it is possible for the player to maintain the open state of the non-electric role 51 at least until the "big hit" is obtained in the lottery.

  On the other hand, if the game result is "low probability result", the player ends the game in the opening / closing execution mode and then executes 100 game times (from the high frequency support mode). By turning the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, it is possible to execute the game play until the mode is switched to the low frequency support mode. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation opening 37 via the right-handed route, the player enters the game turn by entering the game ball at the upper operation opening 36 via the left-handed route. It can be done. Therefore, in the case where the non-electric role thing 51 is disposed on the left-handed route, the player moves the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state, and then executes 100 game times. If the gaming state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, the game ball is caused to enter the non-electric role 51 via the left-handed route. In this case, since the non-electric role thing 51 will shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can enter the open / close execution mode into the open / close execution mode before executing the 100 game rounds. The game can be played in anticipation of shifting.

  In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the high frequency support mode with no number limit and the high frequency support mode with 100 number limit so that the game state advantageous to the player and the disadvantageous game can be avoided. Although the game state and the game state are created, by setting the game state other than these, a game state advantageous to the player and an adverse game state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

Here, when the non-electric role thing 51 transitions to the opening / closing execution mode when opening, the player generates the ball into each of the holes 533A to 533C of the clone 53E or enters the non-electric role thing 51. You can choose to generate a sphere.
Therefore, for example, when the player shifts to the open / close execution mode when the non-electric role thing 51 is opened, and the game result is "the small round high certainty result" or "the most advantageous result", By aiming the ball into the 16 round execution gate or the 4 round execution gate, the high probability mode can be continued while keeping the non-motor-operated part 51 open. After that, the player shifts to the opening / closing execution mode when the non-electric role thing 51 is opened, and by aiming the ball to the non-electric role thing 51, when the game result is “low probability result”, Since the non-electric role 51 can be shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player performs 100 game times after shifting the non-electric role 51 from the closed state to the open state. By the time the game state is not shifted to the open / close execution mode, it is possible to avoid the situation that the non-electric role 51 is caused to enter the game ball through the left-handed route. According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

When the non-electric role item 51 is opened and the mode is shifted to the open / close execution mode, whether the player generates the ball entering each hole 533A to 533C of the crew 53E based on the result of the execution gate finalization effect It is possible to select whether or not to enter the non-motor-driven role piece 51.
For example, the player compares the number of 16 round execution gates with the number of 4 round execution gates, and if the number of 16 round execution gates is large (see, for example, FIG. 66), 16 rounds of Kroon 53E are executed. By aiming the ball into the gate or the 4 round execution gate, it is possible to aim the ball into the 16 round execution gate of the Kroon 53E while keeping the non-motorized part 51 open. In particular, when the number of 16 round execution gates is three, that is, when all the holes 533A to 533C are set to 16 round execution gates in the setting process of the round game execution gate in step S1013E, the player By aiming the ball into the 16-round execution gate of the Kroon 53E, it is possible to surely aim into the ball into the 16-round execution gate of the Kroon 53E while maintaining the non-motorized item 51 open. According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can expand the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

In the present embodiment, the opening and closing ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state based on the ball entry of one game ball, but from the open state based on the ball entry of two or more game balls It may transition to the closed state.
When the opening and closing means is configured in this manner, for example, the player maintains the open state of the opening and closing means even after the first game ball is inserted in the opening and closing means. Because it is possible, it is possible to diversify the order of aiming round game execution gate. According to this, the pachinko machine 10 can further expand the player's options, and can further improve the player's attention to the game.

According to such this embodiment, in addition to the same operation and effect as (6) and (7) in the first embodiment, the following operation and effect can be exhibited.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 makes it possible to enter the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. The player is provided with the clone 53E, and the clone 53E is provided with the respective holes 533A to 533C for starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode at the time of entering the game ball. After shifting to, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the game balls to enter the holes 533A to 533C. Further, since the hole 533A shifts the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, the player shifts the game state to the next open / close execution mode by the main control device 60. Then, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the non-electric role thing 51 to enter the game ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The game in the open / close execution mode includes a first specific game and a second specific game for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the game state transition processing is performed for each hole 533A. Since either the first specified game or the second specified game is started upon entry of the game ball to 533C, the player enters the game ball in the clone 53E, thereby playing the game in the opening / closing execution mode In order to start the game, it is expected to start the second specific game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can further improve the player's attention to the game.
(3) The main control device 60 starts the game when the game balls enter the respective holes 533A to 533C by executing a lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. And, since the second specific game is set, the player pays attention to the result of the lottery for selecting the first specific game and the second specific game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game state transition process starts the first specific game where a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game where a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out more than the predetermined number of game balls. When starting the game in the opening / closing execution mode, the player expects to start the second specific game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(5) The game state transition process starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out by setting the number of opening and closing times of the variable winning device 38 to a predetermined number, and the number of opening and closing times of the variable winning device 38 By setting the number of times more than the predetermined number of times, the second specific game that can pay out more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls is started, so the player starts the game in the opening / closing execution mode Will expect the start of the second specific game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(6) Since the holes 533A to 533C are provided on the rolling surface 531 of the clone 53E, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the gaming balls having entered the clone 53E. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

Seventh Embodiment
Hereinafter, a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

In the sixth embodiment, the gaming board 31 includes the clone 53E, and the gaming ball guided to the clone 53E enters any one of the holes 533A to 533C and enters the holes 533A to 533C of the clone 53E. When a ball is generated, 16 round games or 4 round games have been started. In other words, the gaming ball induced by the Kroon 53E has started the execution of the round game without exception.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the gaming ball guided to the clave 53E differs from the sixth embodiment in that the execution of the round game is not necessarily started.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the setting process for the round game execution gate is different from that of the sixth embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the setting process for the round game execution gate in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 69 is a view showing a flowchart of setting processing for a round game execution gate according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
In the setting process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S1704F to S1703F. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 69, the MPU 92 executes steps S1701F and S1703F instead of steps S1701E and S1703E, and executes step S1704F before executing step S1701F. It differs from the embodiment.

  In step S1704F, the MPU 62 executes replay gate selection processing. Specifically, in the replay gate selection process, the MPU 62 selects any one of the holes 533A to 533C and sets it as the replay gate. In the present embodiment, the MPU 62 selects any one of the holes 533A to 533C and sets it as the replay gate, but a plurality of holes may be selected and set as the replay gate. Moreover, in this embodiment, although the selection probability of each hole 533A-533C is the same, you may differ.

When setting each hole 533A to 533C as a replay gate, the MPU 62 sets each detection sensor 40i to 40k corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C as a replay gate.
Specifically, when ball entry to each hole 533A to 533C set in the replay gate occurs, the pachinko machine 10 receives a winning ball (in the same manner as when ball entry to various winning openings occurs. In the present embodiment, 3) payouts are performed. The pachinko machine 10 sets the hole 533A as the replay gate in the selection process of the replay gate in step S1704F, for example, and executes payout of three prize balls when entering the hole 533A occurs. When entering the holes 533B and 533C occurs, the payout balls are not paid out.

  In step S1701F, the MPU 62 executes a lottery process of the round game execution gate. Specifically, in the lottery process of the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 is a lottery as to whether or not each hole 533A to 533C which is not set as the replay gate among the holes 533A to 533C is set to the 16 round execution gate. Is executed with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment).

  In step S1702E, the MPU 62 executes setting processing of a round game execution gate. Specifically, in the setting process of the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 sets each hole 533A to 533C among the holes 533A to 533C, which has won the lottery process of the round game execution gate, to the 16 round execution gate. Each hole 533A to 533C which has not won the lottery process of the game execution gate is set as a four round execution gate.

When setting each hole 533A to 533C to the 16 round execution gate, the MPU 62 sets each detection sensor 40i to 40k corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C to the 16 round execution gate.
When setting each hole 533A to 533C as a four round execution gate, the MPU 62 sets each detection sensor 40i to 40k corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C as a four round execution gate.

  The MPU 62 stores, in the RAM 64, execution gate information relating to the relationship between the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C, the replay gate, the 16 round execution gate, and the 4 round execution gate. Then, based on the execution gate information stored in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines in step S201E whether or not the game ball has entered the 16 round execution gate, and in step S203E the game ball to the 4 round execution gate It is determined whether the ball has entered the ball.

In step S1703F, the MPU 62 sets a round game execution gate command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the command for round game execution gate set in step S1703F to the sound emission control device 90. The round game execution gate command includes execution gate information relating to the relationship between the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the respective holes 533A to 533C, the replay gate, the 16 round execution gate, and the 4 round execution gate. .
In addition, the sound emission control apparatus 90 performs a predetermined | prescribed process based on the command for round game execution gates transmitted from MPU62. This process will be described in detail later.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the round game is a first specified game (four round games) and a second specified game (16 times) in which the player is given a higher value than the first specified game. Of the round game) and. Moreover, the round game started on entering the game ball to the non-electric role thing 51 is a second specific game.
In the present embodiment, the second specified game provides the player with a higher value than the first specified game by making the number of times of execution of the round game different, for example, the execution of the round game The player may be given higher value than the first specific game by paying out more game balls than the first specific game without making the number of times different. In short, the second specified game may provide the player with a higher value than the first specified game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the MPU 62 performs the lottery whether or not each hole 533A to 533C is set to the 16 round execution gate in the lottery process of the round game execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment) Running. Then, the MPU 62 sets each hole 533A to 533C among the holes 533A to 533C that has won the lottery process on the round game execution gate in the round game execution gate setting process to 16 round execution gates, and the round game execution gate The holes 533A to 533C, which did not win the lottery process, are set as the four round execution gates. In other words, the MPU 62 starts the first specified game and the first specified game when the game balls enter the respective holes 533A to 533C by executing the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. I have set 2 specific games. Then, the game state transition process starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game when the game balls enter the holes 533A to 533C.

In the present embodiment, in the lottery process of the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 performs the lottery whether or not each hole 533A to 533C is set to the 16 round execution gate with a predetermined probability (50% in the present embodiment) Since the process is performed, the number of holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C is 0 to 2.
On the other hand, after determining the number of each of the holes 533A to 533C to be set to the 16 round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C, the MPU 62 determines each of the holes 533A to 533C to be set to the 16 round execution gate. May be Also, in this case, for example, when the game result is "low probability result", the number of holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gate among the holes 533A to 533C is reduced, and the game is played. If the result is "the most advantageous result", the number of holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gates may be increased among the holes 533A to 533C, and each of the holes may be increased according to the other gaming situations. Of the holes 533A to 533C, the number of the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gate may be changed.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the determination processing of the round game execution gate is different from that of the sixth embodiment. Hereinafter, the content of the determination processing of the round game execution gate in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing a flowchart of determination processing of a round game execution gate.
In the process of determining a round game execution gate, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801E to S1803F. The present embodiment differs from the sixth embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes steps S1802F and S1803F instead of steps S1802E and S1803E as shown in FIG.

In step S1801E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the round game execution gate command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that a round game execution gate command has been received, it performs an execution gate determination effect determination process in step S1802F. In this execution gate determination effect determination process, the MPU 92 refers to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93 to select the content of the effect corresponding to the round game execution gate command.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected effect.
Furthermore, the MPU 92 causes each two-color light emitting LED 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gate to emit light in red based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. Each side 534A-534C is made blue by making each side 534A-534C emit light in red and each two-color light emitting LED 534A1-534C1 corresponding to each hole 533A-533C set in the 4 round execution gate emits light in blue. Make it glow. Then, the MPU 92 prevents each two-color light emitting LED 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C set in the replay gate from emitting light based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. The side surfaces 534A to 534C are prevented from emitting light.

  In step S1803F, the MPU 92 sets an execution gate determination effect command related to the execution gate determination effect determined in the determination process of the execution gate determination effect in step S1802F. Then, the MPU 92 stores the execution gate determination effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The command for execution gate determination effect is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above. Further, the command for execution gate determination effect includes execution gate information relating to the relationship between each detection sensor 40i to 40k corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C, the replay gate, the 16 round execution gate, and the 4 round execution gate. It is.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to execute the execution gate determination effect based on the execution gate determination effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes the effect gate determination effect.

<Flow on transition to open / close execution mode>
FIG. 71 is a diagram illustrating an example of determination processing of an execution gate determination effect and an execution gate determination effect. Specifically, FIG. 71A is a view showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 47. As shown in FIG. FIG. 71 (B) is an enlarged view of the clone 53E as viewed from above.
When transitioning to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102 reduces each symbol row Z1 to Z3 and arranges them in the lower left position on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped.

  Here, when transitioning to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1801E that a round game execution gate command has been received, so in step S1802F, the execution gate determination effect determination process is executed. In step S1803F, an execution gate determination effect command relating to the execution gate determination effect determined in the determination processing of the execution gate determination effect in step S1802F is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes an execution gate determination effect based on the execution gate determination effect command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  In the determination process of the execution gate finalization effect, the MPU 92 sets each hole 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gate based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate, as shown in FIG. 71 (B). The corresponding two-color light emitting LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 emit light in red to cause the side faces 534A to 534C to emit red light, and the respective two color light emitting LEDs 534A1 corresponding to the respective holes 533A to 533C set in the four round execution gate. The side surfaces 534A to 534C emit blue light by emitting ~ 534C1 to blue. Then, the MPU 92 prevents each two-color light emitting LED 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C set in the replay gate from emitting light based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. The side surfaces 534A to 534C are prevented from emitting light.

In the example of FIG. 71, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533A to a 16-round execution gate, and sets the hole 533B to a 4-round execution gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the side 534A to emit red light by causing the two-color light emitting LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set to the 16 round execution gate to emit red and the hole set to the 4 round execution gate The side surface 534 B emits light in blue by causing the two-color light emitting LED 534 B 1 corresponding to 533 B to emit blue light.
Further, in the example of FIG. 71, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533C as a replay gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 prevents the side surface 534C from emitting light by preventing the two-color light emitting LED 534C1 corresponding to the hole 533C set in the replay gate from emitting light.

  In the effect gate finalization effect, as shown in FIG. 71A, the MPU 102 displays a schematic view SD of the clone 53E viewed from the upper side at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination effect command, the MPU 102 corresponds to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gates, respectively. The area is displayed in red, and the area in the schematic view SD corresponding to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 4 round execution gate is displayed in blue. In addition, the MPU 102, based on the execution gate information of the command for execution gate determination, the area of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate. Display in white. In addition, the MPU 102 displays each of the angel dialogues “Red is 16R, Blue is 4R!” Existing at the lower right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby each hole 533A corresponding to the red area is displayed. ~ 533 C is a 16 round execution gate, and each hole 533 A to 533 C corresponding to the blue area is suggested to the player that it is a 4 round execution gate.

  Thereafter, after switching to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, as shown in FIG. 71, set the hole 533A in the 16 round execution gate and set the hole 533B in the 4 round execution gate in the MPU 62. The flow when the hole 533C is set to be the replay gate will be described in detail with reference to FIG. In addition, regardless of the setting situation of the round game execution gate and the opening situation of the non-electric role item 51, the flow when entering the replay gate is the same, so the setting situation of the round game execution gate, The description according to the opening condition of the non-motor-operated symbol 51 is abbreviate | omitted.

  After executing the execution gate finalization effect, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the command for non-opening time has been received, so in step S1602, the process for determining the effect for non-opening time is executed, and in step S1603 A command for non-opening effect related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (A), the MPU 102 displays a dialogue of an angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get to Clune with a right!" Suggest that you strike the player right.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming balls are guided to the clone 53E via the guide rails 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53E through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  When the ball enters the hole 533 B (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the four-round execution command is received in step S 1607, and thus determines the four-round execution effect in step S 1608. The process is executed, and in step S1609, a 4-round execution effect command relating to the 4-round execution effect determined in the 4-round execution effect determination process of step S1608 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes a four-round execution effect based on the four-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (B), the MPU 102 displays the serif “4R set! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of four round games is to be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 65, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the hole 533B (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is not open at step S1515, so the opening of the non-motorized part 51 is performed as an ending effect. Select a normal effect that does not notify the player. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 65 (C), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

  On the other hand, when the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16 round execution command is received in step S1610, so 16 in step S1611. A determination process of round execution effect is executed, and in step S1612, a command for 16 round execution effect relating to the 16 round execution effect determined in the determination process of 16 round execution effect of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (D), the MPU 102 displays the serif “16 R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of 16 round games is to be started. Also, the ball enters the hole 533A of the clune 53E and falls downward, and the gaming ball guided to the non-electric role object 51 via the communication passage 535 transfers the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state Let

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 65, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is being opened in step S1515, and thus the non-motorized part 51 is displayed as an ending effect. Select an open notification effect to notify the player of the release. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 65 (E), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" After that, as shown in FIG. 65 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

Then, when the ball enters the hole 533C (replay gate), the MPU 62 executes the payout of three prize balls.
Further, since the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the setting process of the discharge route of step S1012 is not executed. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets the plate 523a in the closed state, and maintains the state in which the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 is set in the cruise route. In other words, the game ball enters the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 anew along the wing member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the wing member 521a, so the player takes 16 rounds of execution gates or 4 As long as entry to the round execution gate does not occur, it is possible to receive a payout of the prize ball.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gate and the holes 533A to 533C set to the 4 round execution gate enter the game ball having entered the clune 53E. It enables and functions as a specific ball entry unit that controls a round game based on the entry of the game ball. In addition, each hole 533A to 533C set in the replay gate enables the game ball having entered the clone 53E to be capable of entering a ball, and functions as a non-specific ball entering part that does not control the round game based on the ball entry of the game ball.
In the present embodiment, the specific entering section controls the round game by starting the round game based on entering the game ball, and the non-specific entering section controls the round game based on entering the game ball. By not starting the game was supposed to control the round game. On the other hand, for example, the game state transition means starts a round game regardless of the entry of the game ball to the specific entry portion and the non-specific entry portion, and the specific entry portion enters the game entry. By shifting to the high probability mode based on the ball, the round game is controlled, and the non-specific ball section does not control the round game by not shifting to the high probability mode based on the entering of the game ball. May be In short, the specific insertion section may control the round game based on the entry of the game ball, and the non-specific insertion section may not control the round game based on the entry of the game ball.

Further, in the present embodiment, the non-specific ball entry unit is set not to shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball, and the specific ball entry unit is It is set to shift the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball.
Further, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate execute payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball. In the present embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate execute payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball, but it is not necessary to execute payout of the game ball.

According to the present embodiment, it is possible to achieve the same operation and effect as (6) and (7) in the first embodiment and (4) to (6) in the sixth embodiment. The following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The pachinko machine 10 makes it possible to enter the game balls flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the upper operation opening 36 and the lower operation opening 37. Since the clune 53E is equipped with a specific ball entry unit that controls the game in the opening / closing execution mode when the game ball enters the ball, the player switches the game state to the opening / closing execution mode in the main control device 60. After shifting, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be controlled by causing the specific ball entry unit to enter the game ball. Further, since the non-specific insertion part does not control the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the game ball, the player can cause the clone 53E to enter the game ball again. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) Since the non-specific insertion section executes payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball, the player switches the game state to the open / close execution mode at the main control device 60, By causing the ball to enter the game ball, it is possible to increase the number of game balls without starting the game in the open / close execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(3) Since the specific ball entering section shifts the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball, the player controls the game state with the main control device 60 next time After shifting to the state, the game in the opening / closing execution mode can be started by causing the non-electric role thing 51 to enter the gaming ball. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The game in the opening / closing execution mode includes a first specific game and a second specific game for providing a player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the game state transition processing is performed as Since one of the first specified game and the second specified game is started when the game ball enters the unit, the player starts the round game by causing the specified ball unit to enter the game ball. In the case of letting it happen, the start of the second specific game is expected. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can further improve the player's attention to the game.
(5) The main control device 60 starts the game upon entering the game ball into the specific ball entry section by executing the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game, and Since the second specified game is set, the player pays attention to the result of the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

In the present embodiment, the non-specific insertion part is set not to shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the specific insertion part is Although the non-electric role thing 51 is set to shift from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, it may be set in the opposite relationship to this. Specifically, the specific ball storage unit is set so as not to shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball insertion of the game ball, and the non-specific ball storage unit is the game ball The non-motor-operated accessory 51 may be set to shift from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the ball.
According to this, since the non-specific insertion section shifts the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, the player then makes the non-electric role object 51 play the game ball By entering the ball, it is possible to start the round game without having the game ball enter the specific ball entry part. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Eighth Embodiment
Hereinafter, an eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to parts that have already been described, and the description thereof is omitted.

In the seventh embodiment, the Kroon 53E is provided with the hole 533C set as the replay gate, and when entering the hole 533C occurs, the MPU 62 executes the payout of three prize balls. .
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when entering the hole 533C (replay gate) occurs, the MPU 62 selects a replay gate, selects a round game execution gate, and performs a round game execution gate. The seventh embodiment differs from the seventh embodiment in that the setting process of the second embodiment is re-executed.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes processing different from that of the seventh embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the winning processing for the round game execution gate and the setting processing of the number of rounds are different from those of the seventh embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the winning process for the round game execution gate and the setting process of the number of rounds in the present embodiment will be described.

<Prize processing for the round game execution gate>
FIG. 72 is a view showing a flowchart of a winning process for a round game execution gate according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
In the winning process for the round game execution gate, the MPU 62 executes steps S201E to S206G. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 72, when it is determined in step S203E that the game ball has not entered the 4-round execution gate, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S205G and thereafter. This differs from the seventh embodiment.

  In step S205G, the MPU 62 determines whether the gaming ball has entered the replay gate. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game ball has entered the replay gate by determining whether or not each of the detection sensors 40i to 40k corresponding to the replay gate has detected entry of the game ball. judge.

  If it is determined in step S205G that the gaming ball has entered the replay gate, the MPU 62 sets a replay flag in the RAM 64 in step S206G. The replay flag is a flag for specifying that entry to the replay gate has occurred. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the round game execution gate.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the replay gate in step S205G, the winning process for the round game execution gate is performed without executing the process in step S206G and subsequent steps. finish.

FIG. 73 is a flowchart of the process of setting the number of rounds.
In the round number setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1012 substantially as in the seventh embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 73, when it is determined in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 92 executes the processing in step S1014G and subsequent steps in that step. It differs from the seventh embodiment.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, it determines whether or not the replay flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S1014G. In other words, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game ball has entered the replay gate after executing the setting process of the cruise route.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1014G that the replay flag is not set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 executes step S1006 again.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1014G that the replay flag is set in the RAM 64, it executes setting processing for the round game execution gate in step S1015G. The setting process for the round game execution gate in step S1015G is the same as the setting process for the round game execution gate in step S1013E.

In step S1016G, the MPU 62 clears the replay flag stored in the RAM 64.
In step S1017G, the MPU 62 sets a gate reset command, and then executes step S1006 again. The MPU 62 transmits the gate reset command set in step S1017G to the sound emission control device 90 in step S401 of the normal process.
The audio light emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the gate reset command transmitted from the MPU 62. This process will be described in detail later.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that of the seventh embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the determination processing of the round game execution gate is different from that of the seventh embodiment. Hereinafter, the content of the determination processing of the round game execution gate in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 74 shows a flowchart of round game execution gate determination processing.
In the process of determining a round game execution gate, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801E to S1803F. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 74, when it is determined in step S1801E that the round game execution gate command has been received, the MPU 92 executes the process from step S1804G onwards in that it is executed. It differs from the seventh embodiment.

In step S1804G, the MPU 92 determines whether the gate reset command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If it is determined in step S1804G that the gate reset command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1802F and subsequent steps as in the seventh embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1804G that a gate reset command has been received, it determines the gate reset effect in step S1805G. In the determination process of the gate resetting effect, the MPU 92 selects the content of the effect corresponding to the gate resetting command by referring to the effect table stored in advance in the ROM 93.

  Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and sound control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1403 described above based on the content of the selected effect.

  In step S1806G, the MPU 92 sets a gate resetting effect command related to the gate resetting effect determined in the gate resetting effect determination process of step S1805G. Then, the MPU 92 stores the gate resetting effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94. The gate resetting effect command is transmitted to the display control apparatus 100 in the command transmission process of step S1405 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 47 to perform gate reset effect based on the gate reset effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. By this, the symbol display device 47 executes a gate reset effect.

<Flow on transition to open / close execution mode>
Thereafter, after switching to the open / close execution mode when the non-motor-operated part 51 is not opened, as shown in FIG. 71, set the hole 533A in the 16 round execution gate and set the hole 533B in the 4 round execution gate in the MPU 62. The flow when the hole 533C is set to be the replay gate will be described in detail with reference to FIG. In addition, regardless of the setting situation of the round game execution gate and the opening situation of the non-electric role item 51, the flow when entering the replay gate is the same, so the setting situation of the round game execution gate, The description according to the opening condition of the non-motor-operated symbol 51 is abbreviate | omitted.

  After executing the execution gate finalization effect, the MPU 92 determines in step S1601 that the command for non-opening time has been received, so in step S1602, the process for determining the effect for non-opening time is executed, and in step S1603 A command for non-opening effect related to the non-opening effect determined in the non-opening effect determination process of S1602 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes non-opening effect based on the non-opening effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (A), the MPU 102 displays a dialogue of an angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, "Aim to get to Clune with a right!" Suggest that you strike the player right.

  In step S1005, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the lone route. In the setting process of the cruise route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate driving unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the closed state, and sets the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 to the cruise route (see the arrow in the drawing). ).

Here, since the blade members 521a are intermittently opened and closed in a cycle of 2 sec, when the blade members 521a are set in the open state by the blade member driving unit 521c, the gaming ball is inclined to the blade members 521a. Using the blade member 521a to enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 52. In addition, when it is set to the closed route by setting the plate 523a in the closed state, after entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 is the guide rail 525 You will be guided to Thereafter, the gaming balls are guided to the clone 53E via the guide rails 525.
Thereafter, the gaming balls guided to the clone 53E through the guide rails 525 roll on the rolling surface 531 along the side wall 532 and then enter one of the holes 533A to 533C.

  When the ball enters the hole 533 B (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the four-round execution command is received in step S 1607, and thus determines the four-round execution effect in step S 1608. The process is executed, and in step S1609, a 4-round execution effect command relating to the 4-round execution effect determined in the 4-round execution effect determination process of step S1608 is set. Then, the MPU 102 executes a four-round execution effect based on the four-round execution effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (B), the MPU 102 displays the serif “4R set! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of four round games is to be started.

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 65, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is four, it selects the effect C1 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the hole 533B (four-round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is not open at step S1515, so the opening of the non-motorized part 51 is performed as an ending effect. Select a normal effect that does not notify the player. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, since the effect C1 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 65 (C), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!"

  On the other hand, when the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the 16 round execution command is received in step S1610, so 16 in step S1611. A determination process of round execution effect is executed, and in step S1612, a command for 16 round execution effect relating to the 16 round execution effect determined in the determination process of 16 round execution effect of step S1611 is set. And MPU102 performs 16 round execution presentation based on the command for 16 round execution presentation transmitted from MPU92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 65 (D), the MPU 102 displays the serif “16 R determined! Right strike!” Of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Informing the player that the execution of 16 round games is to be started. Also, the ball enters the hole 533A of the clune 53E and falls downward, and the gaming ball guided to the non-electric role object 51 via the communication passage 535 transfers the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state Let

  Further, in step S1012, the MPU 62 executes the setting process of the discharge route. In the setting process of the discharge route, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the plate drive unit 523c to set the plate 523a in the open state, and sets the right variable entering mechanism 52 as the discharge route (see the arrow in the figure). ).

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 determines in step S1510 that the opening command has been received, so in step S1511, the type of game result is determined based on the contents of the opening command, and the game result determined in step S1511 is The process of determining the effect for the open / close execution mode corresponding to the type is executed. In the example of FIG. 65, since the symbol display device 47 stops and displays the combination of symbols having the same odd number (7, 7, or 7) on the effective line L as a stop result, the MPU 92 The game result is determined to be the "most advantageous result". Further, since the MPU 92 determines that the number of round games is 16 times, it selects the effect C2 as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode. Then, the MPU 102 executes an effect for the opening / closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  After finishing the effect for the open / close execution mode, the MPU 92 determines in step S1514 that the ending command has been received, so in step S1515, the CPU 92 executes open determination processing of the non-motorized part. When the ball enters the hole 533A (16 round execution gate), the MPU 92 determines that the non-motorized part 51 is being opened in step S1515, and thus the non-motorized part 51 is displayed as an ending effect. Select an open notification effect to notify the player of the release. Then, the MPU 102 executes the ending effect selected by the MPU 92 based on the ending effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, in the example of FIG. 65, since the effect C2 is selected as the effect for the open / close execution mode, as shown in FIG. 65 (E), the MPU 102 displays the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. By informing the player of the transition to the high probability mode, by displaying the dialogue of the angel existing in "A certainty rush!" After that, as shown in FIG. 65 (F), the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “The next jackpot is 16R confirmed with a left strike!” The player is notified of the release of the non-electric role item 51 to the player.

Then, when the ball enters the hole 533C (replay gate), the MPU 62 executes the payout of three prize balls.
Further, since the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the round game execution flag is not set in the RAM 64, the setting process of the discharge route of step S1012 is not executed. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets the plate 523a in the closed state, and maintains the state in which the right variable ball entry mechanism 52 is set in the cruise route. In other words, the game ball enters the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 anew along the wing member 521a by utilizing the inclination of the wing member 521a, so the player takes 16 rounds of execution gates or 4 As long as entry to the round execution gate does not occur, it is possible to receive a payout of the prize ball.

  Further, when the ball enters the hole 533C (replay gate), the MPU 92 determines in step S1804G that the gate reset command has been received, so that the gate reset effect is determined in step S1805G. The process is executed, and in step S1806G, a gate resetting effect command relating to the gate resetting effect determined in the gate resetting effect determining process of step S1805G is set. And MPU102 performs gate reset presentation based on the command for gate reset presentation transmitted from MPU92.

FIG. 75 is a diagram showing a gate resetting effect. Specifically, FIG. 75 is a view showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 47. As shown in FIG.
In the gate resetting effect, as shown in FIG. 75, the MPU 102 displays a round demon game “Shutter the gate!” Which is present on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. It is suggested to the player to perform reset of the execution gate and the replay gate.

  Thereafter, the MPU 92 executes the determination processing of the execution gate finalization effect in step S1802F, and in step S1803F, the execution gate finalization command for the execution gate finalization effect determined in the execution gate finalization effect determination processing of step S1802F. Set Then, the MPU 102 executes an execution gate determination effect based on the execution gate determination effect command transmitted from the MPU 92.

  FIG. 76 is a diagram showing an example of determination processing of an execution gate determination effect and an execution gate determination effect after the gate resetting effect is performed. Specifically, FIG. 76A is a view showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 47. As shown in FIG. FIG. 76B is an enlarged view of the clone 53E as viewed from above.

  In the determination process of the execution gate finalization effect, as shown in FIG. 76 (B), the MPU 92 sets each hole 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gate based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. The corresponding two-color light emitting LEDs 534A1 to 534C1 emit light in red to cause the side surfaces 534A to 534C to emit red light, and the respective two color light emitting LEDs 534A1 corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the four round execution gate. The side surfaces 534A to 534C emit blue light by emitting ~ 534C1 to blue. Then, the MPU 92 prevents each two-color light emitting LED 534A1 to 534C1 corresponding to each hole 533A to 533C set in the replay gate from emitting light based on the execution gate information of the command for round game execution gate. The side surfaces 534A to 534C are prevented from emitting light.

In the example of FIG. 76, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533A to a 4-round execution gate, and sets the hole 533C to a 16-round execution gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 causes the side surface 534A to emit blue light by causing the two-color light emitting LED 534A1 corresponding to the hole 533A set to the 4 round execution gate to emit blue light, and the hole set to the 16 round execution gate The side surface 534C emits red light by causing the two-color light emitting LED 534C1 corresponding to 533C to emit red light.
Further, in the example of FIG. 76, the MPU 62 sets the hole 533B as a replay gate. Therefore, the MPU 92 prevents the side surface 534B from emitting light by preventing the two-color light emitting LED 534B1 corresponding to the hole 533B set in the replay gate from emitting light.

  In the effect gate finalization effect, as shown in FIG. 76A, the MPU 102 displays a schematic view SD of the clone 53E viewed from the upper side at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47. Then, based on the execution gate information of the execution gate determination effect command, the MPU 102 corresponds to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 16 round execution gates, respectively. The area is displayed in red, and the area in the schematic view SD corresponding to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the 4 round execution gate is displayed in blue. In addition, the MPU 102, based on the execution gate information of the command for execution gate determination, the area of the schematic diagram SD corresponding to the side surfaces 534A to 534C of the clone 53E corresponding to the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate. Display in white. In addition, the MPU 102 displays each of the angel dialogues “Red is 16R, Blue is 4R!” Existing at the lower right of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, whereby each hole 533A corresponding to the red area is displayed. ~ 533 C is a 16 round execution gate, and each hole 533 A to 533 C corresponding to the blue area is suggested to the player that it is a 4 round execution gate.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C set to the 16 round execution gate and the holes 533A to 533C set to the 4 round execution gate enter the game ball having entered the clune 53E. It enables and functions as a specific ball entry unit that controls a round game based on the entry of the game ball. In addition, each hole 533A to 533C set to the replay gate enables the game ball that has entered the clone 53E to be allowed to enter, and is different from the control of the round game by the specific ball entry unit, to the entry of the game ball. It functions as a non-specific ball entry unit that controls a round game based on that.

Further, in the present embodiment, the non-specific ball entry unit is set not to shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball, and the specific ball entry unit is It is set to shift the non-electric role thing 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball.
Further, in the present embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate execute payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball. In the present embodiment, the holes 533A to 533C set in the replay gate execute payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball, but it is not necessary to execute payout of the game ball.

Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 60 performs a specific entry by executing a re-lottery selecting four round games and 16 round games upon entering the gaming ball into the non-specific entry part. Re-set 4 round games and 16 round games started when the game ball enters the ball section.
In the present embodiment, the main control device 60 performs non-specification by executing re-lottery selecting four round games and sixteen round games upon entering the game balls into the non-specific ball entry unit. The ball entering unit controls the round game based on the entering of the game ball so as to be different from the control of the round game by the specific ball entering unit, but a control different from the re-lottery may be executed, for example , Special effects may be executed in the round game. In short, the non-specific insertion section may control the round game based on the entry of the game ball so as to be different from the control of the round game by the specific entry section.

According to such this embodiment, in addition to the same operations and effects as the seventh embodiment, the following operations and effects can be achieved.
(1) The main control device 60 executes the re-lottery selection to select the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering the game ball into the non-specified ball storage unit, to the specified ball storage unit. Since the first specified game and the second specified game that are started upon entering the game ball are reset, the player is allowed to enter the first specified game and the non-specified ball unit by entering the game ball. The result of the lottery for selecting the second specific game can be changed. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

In the present embodiment, the non-specific insertion part is set not to shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, and the specific insertion part is Although the non-electric role thing 51 is set to shift from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, it may be set in the opposite relationship to this. Specifically, the specific ball storage unit is set so as not to shift the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the ball insertion of the game ball, and the non-specific ball storage unit is the game ball The non-motor-operated accessory 51 may be set to shift from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the ball.
According to this, since the non-specific insertion section shifts the non-electric role object 51 from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, the player then makes the non-electric role object 51 play the game ball By entering the ball, it is possible to start the round game without having the game ball enter the specific ball entry part. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

[Modification of each embodiment]
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and modifications, improvements, and the like as long as the object of the present invention can be achieved are included in the present invention.
(1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a once for one round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may execute the opening and closing of the large winning opening 38a multiple times in one round game.
(2) In the above embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, a predetermined upper limit continuation time (upper limit continuation period) elapses, or a game to the big winning opening 38a When the total winning number of balls reaches the predetermined upper limit number, the open / close door 38b is set in the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may be varied according to the upper limit continuation time, and the condition for setting the open / close door 38b again in the closed state is arbitrary.

(3) In the above embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, the total number of winning game balls to the large winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is the predetermined upper limit number. Therefore, the open / close door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to any number other than eight. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to be different according to the distribution result. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to be different for each round in one opening / closing execution mode.

(4) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes by setting the open / close door 38b in the open state, and then the total number of winning game balls to the big winning opening 38a reaches the predetermined upper limit number. The door 38b was again set in the closed state. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger opening that sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state based on the game ball entering the ball, and this end trigger is triggered by the passage of a predetermined time. It may be configured to allow entry into the mouth.
(5) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 closes the open / close door 38b again when the predetermined upper limit continuation time (upper limit continuation period) elapses after the open / close door 38b is set in the open state. It was set to. On the other hand, for example, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the open state, the open / close door 38b is set by the passage of a predetermined time from when the winning of the special winning opening 38a occurs. It may be set to the closed state again.

(6) In each of the embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b in the closed state again after setting the open / close door 38b in the open state. On the other hand, for example, after setting the open / close door 38b in the open state, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the open / close door 38b in the closed state again.
(7) In each of the embodiments, the upper limit duration time of the short time mode is set shorter than the firing cycle of the gaming ball. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit duration time of the short time mode is a time greater than or equal to the firing cycle of the gaming ball, and less than n times (n = 1, 2, 3) of the firing cycle of the gaming ball It may be set to time.

(8) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two open / close execution modes. Specifically, pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing execution mode which performs round game twice with upper limit continuation time of the short time mode and opening and closing execution which executes round game 4 times or 16 times with upper limit continuation time of the long time mode Had a mode. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an open / close execution mode different from the upper limit duration time mode or the number of round games executed. Further, the pachinko machine 10 changes the degree of opening of the open / close door 38b such as half open or full open instead of setting the open / close execution mode by changing the mode of the upper limit continuation time. A plurality of open / close execution modes may be set. Furthermore, the aspect of the upper limit duration may be set so that the exact upper limit duration of what appears to be the same aspect to the player is different.

(9) In each of the embodiments, the game result and the effect for the open / close execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond on a one-on-one basis. On the other hand, for example, the effects for the open / close execution mode may be randomly selected from a plurality of types of effects without being made to correspond to the game result, and may be selected by lottery from the plurality of types of effects The selection rate may be made to differ according to the game result.

(10) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 92 is effective when the game result is any of the “specially disappointing result”, the “invisible small round high probability result”, and the “explicit small round high probability result”. The information concerning the combination of special symbols is determined as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the line L, and the combination of the special symbols is the same regardless of the type of the game result. On the other hand, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result to make it difficult for the player to grasp which game result.

(11) In the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for lottery of jackpot occurrence, and uses jackpot type counter C2 for lottery of jackpot type when jackpot is generated. On the other hand, when a big hit occurs, the MPU 62 may use the big hit random number counter C1 in the type of the big hit lottery. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

(12) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of outlier results of “special outlier result” and “normal outlier result”, and the MPU 62 stores the value of the random number winning the jackpot occurrence. The lottery for jackpot occurrence is executed by comparing the hit / fail table with the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the holding ball storage area 64b. In other words, the MPU 62 executes the lottery relating to the “special outlier result” by using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1. On the other hand, the MPU 62 uses the new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to execute the lottery related to the "special out-of-order result". You may perform the lottery which concerns on "result."

(13) In each of the above embodiments, under gaming conditions where the low probability mode hit / fall table is referred to at the time of lottery for jackpot occurrence, the value of the “specially outlier” random number is two, and the jackpot occurrence In the gaming state in which the high-probability mode match table is referred to in the lottery, the value of the random number which is the "special out-of-class result" is one. In other words, in the low probability mode, the probability of the "special outlier result" is set to be higher than that in the high probability mode. On the other hand, in the low probability mode, the probability of the “special outlier result” may be set to be lower than that in the high probability mode, and set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode It may be done. In addition, the probability of being an “extra outlier” may be set to 0 in at least one of the low probability mode and the high probability mode.

(14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates the gaming state advantageous to the player and the gaming state disadvantageous to the player by setting the hit / fall lottery mode and the support mode. By setting the state, an advantageous gaming state for the player and an unfavorable gaming state may be created. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous gaming state and a disadvantageous gaming state by differentiating the number of game times in which the high frequency support mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode. Also, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state advantageous to the player and a gaming state disadvantageous to the player by varying the number of game times for continuing the high probability mode after the open / close execution mode ends. .

(15) In each of the embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 in the first result display area holding area Ra, and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 as the second result display area By storing in the reserved area Rb, the suspension information related to the upper operation port 36 and the suspension information related to the lower operation port 37 are stored separately. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 together.
(16) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 for digesting the game time regardless of whether the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 is present or not. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the hold information related to the upper operation port 36 and the hold information related to the lower operation port 37 in order of winning of the respective hold information in order to digest the game times.

(17) In the above embodiments, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the sound emission control device 90, and the sound emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. Control of the display control apparatus 100 is executed. On the other hand, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the sound emission control device 90 to control the sound emission. Control of the apparatus 90 may be performed. The command transmitted from the main control device 60 to the sound emission control device 90 and the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, but are arbitrary. .
(18) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one control device of the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is mainly used. The controller 60 may be provided as the same controller.

(19) In each of the embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, the effect of the game circulation was executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the effects for game use are not limited to the effects described in the above embodiments, but are optional. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a game circulation effect by operating a movable decoration member provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 in combination. In addition, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute effects for game use by operating the light emitting means provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 in combination. Furthermore, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute effects for game use by operating the combination of the decorative member and the light emitting means and the symbol display device 47.

(20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (a winning lottery and a sorting lottery) based on the winning on the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37, and then the main display unit 45 The symbol display device 47 executes the variable display, and as a result of stopping the variable display, displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after the variable display is started. You may display the result of. In this case, after the variable display is started and before the variable display is stopped, the internal lottery may be executed and the setting of the stop result or the like may be performed.

(21) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 displays the variation display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as a result of stopping the variation display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result regardless of the result of the internal lottery as the stop result of the variable display, and by displaying the stop result at random, internal The result of the lottery may not be identified. In addition, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may not include the main display unit 45.

(22) In each of the embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on winning on the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbol, the effect of the game circulation was executed on the display screen G. On the other hand, the symbol display device 47 may execute an effect for a game run on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (pattern) that clearly indicates the result of the internal lottery.

  For example, the symbol display device 47 may set a predetermined region in at least one of the region narrower than the region displaying the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and the region around the region displaying the symbols of each symbol row Z1 to Z3. When setting and stopping the variable display of the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, symbols indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed on the predetermined area. The symbols displayed in the predetermined area may be subjected to variable display or may not be displayed during the variable display of the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

  Here, as the symbols displayed in the predetermined area, characters, colors or patterns that are difficult for the player to identify may be adopted, or a combination of these may be adopted. Further, even if the character is not difficult to identify for the player, the color, or the pattern, it may be difficult for the player to identify by adopting mutually similar symbols or a combination thereof. According to this, the administrator of the game arcade, for example, looks at the symbol display device 47 without looking at the main display unit 45 at the end of the game run, as in the case of winning the lottery for the occurrence of a big hit It is possible to easily check whether or not the cheating attempt to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the behavior of is performed.

(23) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to operate alone, but may be configured to transmit and receive information by interlocking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a game machine is configured such that the player can output an optical code by operating a button or the like provided on the game machine, and a camera provided with information of the optical code on a mobile phone etc. The gaming machine may be configured to transmit information of the gaming machine to the web server by imaging, reading, and accessing the web site. In addition, the game machine is configured such that the information of the web server can be received by inputting the password issued by the player accessing the website to the game machine by operating the button or the like provided on the game machine. You may

(24) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been described as an example of the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of pachinko machine different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, in the gaming machine of the present invention, when the gaming ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens the motorized prize a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when gaming balls enter a specific area. Further, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of gaming machine such as an arrange ball machine or a ball.

(25) In each of the above embodiments, the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 causes the game ball flowing down the game area to enter the inside of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52, and then guides the clone route to the clone 53; By switching to the discharge route discharged to the outside of the variable ball entering mechanism 52, it has a function of guiding the game ball entered inside the right variable ball entering mechanism 52 to the cruise route or the discharge route. On the other hand, for example, the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 discharges the execution gate route guided to the four round execution gate after entering the game ball flowing down the game area into the inside of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 It may be substituted for the root.

FIG. 77 is a front view of a game board according to a modification of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52, and the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 causes the game ball flowing down the game area to enter the inside of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52. After that, a cruise route for guiding to the cruise 53 and a discharge route for discharging to the outside of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 were provided.
On the other hand, in the present variation, as shown in FIG. 77, the gaming board 31 includes the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H enters the game ball which flows down the game area. The present embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the ball mechanism 52H has a Kroon route for guiding to the Kroon 53 and an execution gate route for guiding to the four-round execution gate 524H after entering the inside of the ball mechanism 52H.

FIG. 78 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the right side variable ball entry mechanism.
The right side variable ball entering mechanism 52H has substantially the same structure as the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52 in the first embodiment, and as shown in FIG. 78, the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52H The guide passage 522 for guiding the game ball guided to the entrance of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H by the introduction unit 521, and the destination of the game ball guided by the guide passage 522 And a four-round execution gate 524H and a guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4) provided at the guiding destination of the guiding passage 522. Further, the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52 H includes an on-off valve 526 provided in the guide passage 522.

  The introducing unit 521 is a blade member 521a provided on the game board 31 so as to close an entrance formed on the right side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and a blade member centered on an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. A pin 521 b rotatably supporting the 521 a and a blade member driving portion 521 c driving the blade member 521 a are provided.

The wing member 521a is rotated counterclockwise about the pin 521b by closing the inlet of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H by turning counterclockwise about the pin 521b. By moving, the inlet of the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52H is opened (solid line in the drawing) (see the arrow in the drawing). In the open state, the blade member 521a is inclined to descend as it goes to the inlet side of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52H.
The blade member driving unit 521c sets the blade member 521a to either the closed state or the open state by driving the blade member 521a.

In the present modification, the wing members 521a enable the game balls flowing down the game area to enter based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the ball entry of the game balls into the operation openings 36 and 37. Specifically, the blade member 521a is set to the open state when it is elected to shift to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery. In addition, the blade member 521a is set in the closed state when it has not won the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery.
In addition, the introduction part 521 should just be comprised so that the game ball which flows down a game area can be entered into the inside of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and the timing of opening and closing of the wing member 521a, and opening and closing The cycle can be set arbitrarily.

Therefore, when the blade member 521a is set in the open state by the blade member driving portion 521c, the gaming ball travels along the blade member 521a using the inclination of the blade member 521a and enters the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H. (Solid line in the figure).
On the other hand, when the blade member 521a is set in the closed state by the blade member driving portion 521c, the gaming ball does not enter the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52H (one-dot chain line in the drawing).

As described above, in the present modification, each operation port 36, 37 functions as a lottery ball entry means that enables entry of the game ball flowing down the game area and executes an internal lottery when the game ball is entered.
Further, in this modification, the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H can enter the game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the ball entry of the game ball into the lottery ball entry means It functions as a variable ball entry means.
In this modification, each operation opening 36, 37 is adopted as the lottery entering means, but the through gate 41 may be adopted as the lottery entering means, even if other entering means is adopted. Good. In short, the lottery entry means only needs to be able to enter the game ball flowing down the game area and be able to execute the internal lottery when entering the game ball.

The guiding passage 522 is formed in a width such that a plurality of gaming balls can not pass through the passage at the same time. The guide passage 522 is bifurcated in the middle, and has an upstream guide passage 522a located on the upstream side of this branch and two downstream guide passages 522b, 522c located on the downstream side. .
The guide passage 522 is formed transparent (or semi-transparent) so that the inside can be viewed from the front side.

  The upstream guide passage 522a guides the game ball entered at the entrance of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H at the introduction part 521 from the entrance of the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H to the branch position of the guide passage 522. The upstream guide passage 522a is inclined so as to descend from the inlet of the right side variable ball entry mechanism 52H toward the branch position of the guide passage 522. Therefore, the gaming ball travels through the upstream guide passage 522a to reach the branch position of the guide passage 522 by utilizing the inclination of the upstream guide passage 522a.

The downstream guide passage 522 b is provided at a position close to the branch position of the guide passage 522. Further, the downstream guide passage 522 b is formed along the vertically downward direction so as to drop the gaming ball from the branch position of the guide passage 522. The downstream guide passage 522b guides the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 along the upstream guide passage 522a to the four-round execution gate 524H. This four round execution gate 524H has the same function as each hole 533B, 533C of the clone 53, and when entering the four round execution gate 524H occurs, the pachinko machine 10 plays four rounds of games Start running.
The downstream guide passage 522 c is provided at a position far from the branch position of the guide passage 522. Further, the downstream guide passage 522 c is formed from the branch position of the guide passage 522 to the guide rail 525 from the gaming ball. The downstream guide passage 522c guides the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 along the upstream guide passage 522a to the guide rail 525 (see FIG. 4).

  The switching unit 523 rotatably supports the plate 523a provided on the game board 31 so as to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522c and the plate 523a around an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. A pin 523b and a plate drive unit 523c for driving the plate 523a are provided.

The plate 523a is pivoted counterclockwise about the pin 523b in a closed state (two-dot chain line in the figure) in which the entrance of the downstream guide passage 522b is closed by pivoting clockwise about the pin 523b. Thus, the inlet of the downstream guide passage 522c is closed, and the inlet of the downstream guide passage 522b is opened (solid line in the drawing). In the closed state, the plate 523a is inclined so as to be lowered toward the downstream guide passage 522c.
The plate drive unit 523c sets the plate 523a to either the closed state or the open state by driving the plate 523a.

Therefore, when the plate 523a is set in the open state by the plate driving unit 523c, the gaming ball having reached the branch position of the guiding passage 522 is guided to the entrance of the downstream guiding passage 522b, and then the 4 round execution gate It is guided to 524H (solid line in the figure). Thereafter, the gaming ball enters the 4 round execution gate 524H (execution gate route).
On the other hand, when the plate 523a is set in the closed state by the plate drive unit 523c, the gaming ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 522 travels downstream along the plate 523a using the inclination of the plate 523a. After being guided to the entrance of the side guide passage 522c, it is guided to the guide rail 525 (two-dot chain line in the drawing). After that, the gaming ball is guided to the Kroon 53 via the guide rails 525 (see FIG. 4) (Kruen route).

  Here, the plate 523a is normally set in an open state (execution gate route) in which the gaming ball is not guided to the clone 53. Then, when the internal lottery has won the transition to the open / close execution mode and shifts to the open / close execution mode, the plate 523a is set in the closed state (clone route) in which the gaming ball is guided to the clone 53.

The on-off valve 526 is provided with a valve main body 526a provided on the game board 31 so as to close the upstream side guide passage 522a, and an on-off valve drive unit 526b for driving the valve main body 526a.
The valve main body 526a is retreated toward the inside of the game board 31 and buried in the game board 31 to move the game ball having entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H into the open state and the window panel 22. By advancing forward and protruding from the game board 31, it has a closed state which does not let the game ball which entered the right side variable ball entering mechanism 52H pass.
The on-off valve drive unit 526b sets the valve body 526a to either the closed state or the open state by driving the valve body 526a.

Therefore, when the valve main body 526a is set in the open state by the on-off valve drive unit 526b, the gaming ball travels along the upstream guide passage 522a to reach the branch position of the guide passage 522.
On the other hand, when the valve body 526a is set in the closed state by the on-off valve drive unit 526b, the gaming ball is stopped halfway in the upstream guide passage 522a in the valve body 526a and is put in the standby state Solid line in the figure).

  Here, in the case where the upstream guide passage 522a stands still in the middle of the upstream guide passage 522a in the valve main body 526a and is in the standby state (when one gaming ball is stopped in the valve main body 526a), The discharge opening 522a1 which discharges the following game ball which entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and the discharge passage which discharges the game ball which entered the discharge opening 522a1 to the game area through the opening 311 (see FIG. 77) And 522a2.

The discharge port 522a1 is formed in the game board 31 with a distance for one game ball from the valve main body 526a of the on-off valve 526 toward the blade member 521a of the introduction part 521. When the valve main body 526a stands still in the middle of the upstream guide passage 522a and enters the standby state, the subsequent game balls entering the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H come into contact with the game balls in the standby state. Will enter the outlet 522a1.
The upstream guide passage 522a may have an inclined surface which is slightly inclined toward the discharge opening 522a1 in order to facilitate the game ball to enter the discharge opening 522a1.

As shown in FIG. 77, the discharge passage 522a2 joins the discharge passage 536 of the clone 53 above the opening 311, and discharges the game ball into the game area through the opening 311.
As described above, the on-off valve 526 is configured not to hold two or more gaming balls stationary in the valve main body 526a.

Thus, in this modification, the on-off valve 526 has an open state in which the gaming ball that has entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H passes and a closed state in which the game ball does not pass, switching the open state and the closed state There is.
Moreover, in this modification, the plate 523a guides the gaming ball having passed through the on-off valve 526 to the downstream guide passage 522b (first flow passage), and the downstream guide passage and the first route (execution gate route). And a second route (krone route) for guiding to a downstream guide passage 522c (second channel) different from 522b, and functions as a route switching valve for switching the first route and the second route. There is.

Here, the Kroon 53 has holes 533A (16 round execution gates) to start execution of 16 round games, and holes 533B and 533C (4 round execution gates) to start execution of 4 round games. Because of this, it is possible to give the player higher value compared to the four round execution gate 524H. In other words, the lone route can provide the player with a high value compared to the execution gate route.
Therefore, in this modification, the execution gate route imparts a predetermined value to the player by guiding the gaming ball to the downstream guiding passage 522b, and the cruise route guides the gaming ball to the downstream guiding passage 522c. This gives the player higher value than the execution gate route.

Note that, in the present modification, the Kroon route gives the player a higher value than the Execution gate route by increasing the number of times of execution of the round game. The player may be given higher value than the execution gate route by executing a special effect or the like.
In short, the second route may give the player a higher value than the first route by guiding the gaming ball to the second channel.

  In addition, the Kroon 53 is provided on a rolling surface 531 for rolling the gaming ball entered into the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H, and is provided on the rolling surface 531, and the gaming ball rolling on the rolling surface 531 is loaded. Since each of the holes 533A to 533C has a hole for giving the game ball, the execution gate route imparts a value to the player over a predetermined time by guiding the gaming ball to the downstream guide passage 522b, and the clone route is By guiding the gaming ball to the downstream guide passage 522c, the player is given value over a longer time than the execution gate route.

In the present modification, the Kroon route imparts a value to the player for a longer time than the execution gate route by guiding the gaming ball to the rolling surface 531 of the Kroon 53, but, for example, The player may be given the value over a longer time than the execution gate route by guiding the game ball to different prizes, executing a special effect, or the like.
In short, in the second route, the player may be given longer time than in the first route by guiding the gaming ball to the second channel.

FIG. 79 is a diagram showing a timing chart of opening and closing of the blade member, the valve main body, and the plate when transitioning to the opening and closing execution mode. Specifically, FIG. 79 (A) is a timing chart in the case where the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, and FIG. 79 (B) is an odd number having the same stop result. It is a timing chart at the time of becoming a combination of symbols having.
As described above, the blade member 521a is set in the open state when the shift to the open / close execution mode is won in the internal lottery.

  When the wing member 521a wins the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery, and the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, as shown in FIG. 79 (A), the open / close execution is performed. After switching to the mode, when 10 seconds have elapsed, the open state and the closed state are repeatedly set in a predetermined cycle. In other words, the blade members 521a open and close intermittently in a predetermined cycle.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 79 (B), when the wing members 521a win the transition to the open / close execution mode in the internal lottery and the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, as shown in FIG. After transitioning to the open / close execution mode, when 15 seconds have elapsed, the open state and the closed state are repeatedly set in a predetermined cycle. In other words, the blade members 521a open and close intermittently in a predetermined cycle.

In the present modification, the blade members 521a are repeatedly set to the closed state of 1 sec and the open state of 0.5 sec. Further, the blade members 521a are installed in the open state a total of three times. Therefore, the blade members 521a intermittently open and close in a cycle of 1.5 sec, and the period from the start of the first open state to the end of the third open state is 3.5 sec.
When the mode is switched to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 102 displays the dialogue of the angel existing at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 by displaying “Aim to get a clone by hitting the right!” Suggest to strike a right.

The valve main body 526a is set to the open state of 0.5 sec when 15 sec has elapsed and 25 sec has elapsed after the transition to the open / close execution mode. In other words, after switching to the open / close execution mode, the open / close valve 526 is set to the open state of 0.5 sec twice.
Then, the plate 523a is set to the closed state for 10 seconds when 20 seconds have passed after the transition to the open / close execution mode.

  When the internal lottery has won the transition to the open / close execution mode and the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, the MPU 62 switches to the execution gate enterable state. In the execution gate enterable state, as shown in FIG. 79 (A), the blade member 521a is repeatedly set to the open state and the closed state at a predetermined cycle when 10 seconds elapse after transitioning to the open / close execution mode. Therefore, the gaming ball having entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 52H via the wing member 521a in the open state reaches the branch position of the guide passage 522 when the first valve body 526a is opened, and the plate 523a in the open state , And then guided to the four-round execution gate 524H. Thereafter, the gaming ball enters the 4 round execution gate 524H (execution gate route).

  On the other hand, when the internal lottery has won the transition to the open / close execution mode and the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, the MPU 62 switches to the clone ball enable state. In the clon ball entry possible state, as shown in FIG. 79 (B), the blade member 521a is repeatedly set to the open state and the closed state at a predetermined cycle when 15 seconds have elapsed after transitioning to the open / close execution mode Therefore, the gaming ball having entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H via the wing member 521a in the open state reaches the branch position of the guide passage 522 when the second valve body 526a is opened, and the plate 523a in the closed state. After being guided to the inlet of the downstream guide passage 522c, the guide rail 525 is guided. Thereafter, the gaming balls are guided to the clone 53 via the guide rails 525 (clone route).

  In the present modification, if the game ball does not enter the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H via the wing member 521a in the open state in the execution gate entry possible state or the clune entry possible state, the MPU 62 Ends the game in the open / close execution mode and shifts to the normal state, but for example, the timing chart shown in FIG. 79A may be repeated, or other timing charts may be repeated. .

As described above, in the present modification, the MPU 62 is able to enter the execution gate and be able to enter the ball based on the result (stop result) of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into each operation opening 36, 37. It functions as a ball entry possible state switching unit that switches the ball entry possible state.
In this modification, the MPU 62 switches between the execution gate entering possible state and the clown entering possible state based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming balls into the operation openings 36 and 37. However, for example, based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the through gate 41, the execution gate entering possible state and the clown entering possible state may be switched, Based on the open state of the object 51, it may switch between the execution gate enterable state and the clown enterable state, and even if it switches the execution gate enterable state and the clone enterable state based on other information. Good.
In short, the ball entering possible state switching means may switch between the execution gate entering possible state and the clune entering possible state.

Further, in this modification, the MPU 62 sets the game ball flowing down the game area so as to pass through the on-off valve 526 so as to pass through the on-off valve 526 when being switched to the execution gate route by the plate 523a. In the possible state (the first ball entering possible state), when the plate 523a is switched to the clavne route, the crowon entering the game ball which flows down the game area so as to pass through the on-off valve 526 It is switched to the ball capable state (second ball enterable state).
In this modification, the MPU 62 switches between the first ball entry possible state and the second ball entry possible state based on the timing chart shown in FIG. 79, but the first ball entry possible If it is possible to switch between the state and the second enterable state, another timing chart may be adopted.

According to such a modification, the following actions and effects can be achieved.
(1) The MPU 62 switches between the execution gate entering possible state and the clown entering possible state, and the execution gate entering possible state passes through the on-off valve 526 when the plate 523a is switched to the execution gate route. The game ball flowing down the game area is set to be capable of entering the ball, and the clone ball entry possible state is flown down the game area so as to pass through the on-off valve 526 when the plate 523a is switched to the creene route. The ball is set to be enterable. Therefore, since the player pays attention to the timing at which the on-off valve 526 is switched to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(2) The MPU 62 switches between the execution gate ball entry possible state and the clown ball entry possible state based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the operation openings 36 and 37. Will pay attention to the result of the internal lottery performed based on the ball entry of the game ball to each operation opening 36, 37. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(3) Since the Kroon route gives the player a higher value than the execution gate route by guiding the gaming ball to the downstream guide passage 522c, the player is switched to the clown ball enable state by the MPU 62. Expect to be Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) The execution gate route imparts value to the player over a predetermined time by guiding the gaming ball to the downstream guiding passage 522b, and the cruise route guides the gaming ball to the downstream guiding passage 522c. Thus, the player takes a longer time than the execution gate route to give the player a value, so that the player can proceed to the next game with ease if the plate is switched to the execution gate route by the plate 523a. If you are switched to the Kroon route, you can enjoy the game thoroughly. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.
(5) The Kroon route guides the gaming balls to the rolling surface 531 of the Kroon 53 by guiding the gaming balls to the downstream guiding passage 522c, so the player takes longer time than the downstream guiding passage 522b. A value can be given, and the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the gaming ball having entered the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 52H. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

[Invention group extracted from each embodiment]
The features of the invention group extracted from each of the above embodiments will be described below. Among the features of the present invention group, the corresponding configurations in the respective embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the present invention group are not limited to the respective embodiments, and the features of the present invention group are Modifications, improvements, etc. within the range in which the object can be achieved, and combinations of the respective features are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Feature A group>
Features A1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Open / close ball entry means (non-electric role object 51) to shift to
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the start entry means, the variable ball entry means (clone 53) which enables entry of the game ball flowing down the game area ,
The variable ball entry means is
The first ball entering portion (holes 533 B and 533 C) which enables the game ball having entered the variable ball entering means to enter the ball and does not shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entering the game ball. )When,
The second ball entering portion (hole 533A) which makes it possible to enter the game ball having entered the variable ball entry means, and shift the open / close ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball Equipped with
The gaming state transition means is
After the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the specific control state occurs when the game ball enters either the opening / closing ball entry means, the first ball entry part, or the second ball entry part. A game machine comprising specific control start means (game state transition process) for starting a game of.

  According to the feature group A1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the starting entry means. The player is provided with a first ball entry unit and a second ball entry unit that cause the game in a specific control state to be started when the game ball enters the game ball. After the game state is transferred to the specific control state by the game state transition means, the game in the specific control state is started by causing the game ball to enter the first ball entry part or the second ball entry part. Can. In addition, the second ball entering section changes the open / close ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can control the next game state by the game state shift means After shifting to the state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the open / close ball entering means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 of the present invention group,
The game of the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part starts the game when the game ball enters the first ball entry part A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a controlled game.

  According to the feature group A2 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part enters the game ball into the first ball entry part. Since the player is given a higher value than the game in the specific control state starting on the ball, the player enters the game ball in the variable ball entry means to start the game in the specific control state. , I will expect to enter the second ball entry. Also, if the open / close ball means is shifted from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry part, the player next decides the game state by the game state shift means After shifting to the specific control state of, by making the opening and closing ball entry means enter the game ball, it is possible to play a higher value than the game of the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry part It is possible to start the game of the specific control state given to the player. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A2 of the present invention group,
The specific control start means starts playing the game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out when the gaming balls enter the first ball entry part, and the opening / closing ball entering means and the second By starting the game in the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls upon entering the game balls into the ball entering unit, the game balls to the first ball entering unit A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state which starts upon entering a ball.

  According to the feature group A3 of the present invention group, the entry of the game ball into the first entry part can start the game in the specific control state in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out. Entering the game ball into the second ball entry section starts the game in a specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls, thereby the game ball into the first ball entry section The player gives the player a higher value than the game in the specific control state which starts at the time of entering the ball, and therefore the player enters the second ball entry part when starting the game in the specific control state. It will be expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A3 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the game of the specific control state where a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, and the predetermined number of game balls are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting a game in the specific control state in which more gaming balls can be paid out.

  According to the feature A4 of the present invention group, the specific control start means sets the number of times of opening and closing of the opening and closing entering means to a predetermined number when entering the game ball into the first entering part, thereby making the predetermined number of games Start a game in a specific control state where balls can be paid out, and set the number of opening / closing operations of the opening / closing unit to a number more than a predetermined number when entering game balls into the opening / closing unit and the second ball entry unit Thus, the game of the specific control state in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state, to the second ball entrance Will expect to enter the Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features A1 to A4 of the present invention group,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball entering means is provided with a clone (clone 53) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the first ball entering portion and the second ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface, and game balls rolling on the rolling surface are caused to enter.

  According to the feature A5 of the present invention group, since the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface of the crew, the player enters the ball into the variable ball entry means I will focus on the future of the sphere. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features A1 to A5 of the present invention group,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-like member 513) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening and closing means;
And a second receiving portion (each lower blade member 515) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature A6 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming ball in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming ball in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features A1 to A6 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And said ball entering and closing means disposed in said first path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Therefore, when the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the first route, the player changes the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state, and then the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means through the first path. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player shifts the gaming state to the specific control state before executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. It is possible to play the game in the hope of letting it happen.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features A1 to A6 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature A8 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Also, in the case where the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state before the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game with peace of mind.

  According to the feature group A of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature B group>
Feature B1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Open / close ball entry means (non-electric role object 51) to shift to
A variable ball entry means (clone 53A and a first crowne) that enables the game ball to flow down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 55) and,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entry unit (each hole 533A to 533C, 553A, 553B) for entering the game ball that has entered the variable entry means;
And opening and closing lottery means (rotary body 537, receiving tray 538, and second crane 56) for executing a lottery on the opening and closing ball entering means on the basis of the game ball entering the ball entering portion;
The gaming state transition means is
The specific control start means (playing state (playing state) which starts the game of the specific control state when entering the game ball to any one of the opening / closing ball entering means and the ball entering portion after shifting the game state to the specific control state A game machine characterized by comprising a transition process).

  According to the feature B1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting entering means. Since the variable ball entering means is provided with a ball entering portion for starting the game in the specific control state when the game ball enters the ball, the player can play the game state by the game state shifting means. After shifting to the specific control state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the ball entry portion to enter the game ball. Further, since the variable entering means is provided with the opening and closing drawing means for executing the drawing on the opening and closing entering means based on the entry of the game ball to the entering part, for example, the drawing performed by the opening and closing drawing means When the player switches from the closed state to the open state, the player changes the game state to the next specific control state by the game state transition means, and then switches to the open / close ball means. By entering the game ball, it is possible to start the game in the specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B1 of the present invention group,
The variable ball entry means is
A plurality of ball entry parts including a first ball entry part (holes 533 B, 533 C, 553 B) and a second ball entry part (holes 533 A, 553 A),
The game of the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part starts the game when the game ball enters the first ball entry part A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a controlled game.

  According to the feature group B2 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part enters the game ball into the first ball entry part. Since the player is given a higher value than the game in the specific control state starting on the ball, the player enters the game ball in the variable ball entry means to start the game in the specific control state. , I will expect to enter the second ball entry. In addition, when winning the lottery executed by the opening and closing lottery means, when the opening and closing means is shifted from the closed state to the open state, the player specifies the next game state by the game state transition means After shifting to the control state, the player enters the game ball into the opening / closing ball entering means, thereby providing the player with a higher value than the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry part. The game of the specific control state to grant can be started. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B2 of the present invention group,
The specific control start means starts playing the game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out when the gaming balls enter the first ball entry part, and the opening / closing ball entering means and the second By starting the game in the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls upon entering the game balls into the ball entering unit, the game balls to the first ball entering unit A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state which starts upon entering a ball.

  According to the feature B3 of the present invention group, entering the gaming ball into the second entering part can start the game in the specific control state in which the predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out, and the opening / closing ball entry means Entering the game ball into the second ball entry section starts the game in a specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls, thereby the game ball into the first ball entry section The player gives the player a higher value than the game in the specific control state which starts at the time of entering the ball, and therefore the player enters the second ball entry part when starting the game in the specific control state. It will be expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B3 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the game of the specific control state where a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, and the predetermined number of game balls are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting a game in the specific control state in which more gaming balls can be paid out.

  According to the feature B4 of the present invention group, the specific control start means sets a predetermined number of times of opening and closing of the opening and closing entering means at the time of entering the game ball into the first entering part. Start a game in a specific control state where balls can be paid out, and set the number of opening / closing operations of the opening / closing unit to a number more than a predetermined number when entering game balls into the opening / closing unit and the second ball entry unit Thus, the game of the specific control state in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state, to the second ball entrance Will expect to enter the Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features B2 to B4 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball entering means is provided with a clone (clone 53A and a first clone 55) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the plurality of ball entering portions are provided on the rolling surface and allow a game ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter.

  According to the feature B5 of the present invention group, since the plurality of ball entry portions are provided on the rolling surface of the clune, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the game ball entered in the variable ball entry means. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B5 of the present invention group,
The rolling surface is
The plurality of ball entry portions are formed at a predetermined distance from the center of the rolling surface and are provided at equal intervals to each other,
The opening and closing lottery means is
A rotating body (rotating body 537) for rotating about an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface as a central axis and entering the gaming balls entered into the plurality of ball entry portions;
The rotating body is
A plurality of rotating body passages (rotating body passages 537C1 to 537C3) which are formed at positions corresponding to the plurality of ball entering portions and which guide gaming balls entered into the plurality of ball entering portions,
The plurality of rotor passages are
A first rotary passage (rotary passage 537C2, 537C3) which does not shift the open / close ball means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball;
And a second rotating body passage (rotary body passage 537C1) for shifting the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the entering of the game ball.

  According to the feature B6 of the present invention group, the opening / closing lottery means includes a rotating body that rotates about an axis passing through the center of the rolling surface as a central axis and receives gaming balls entered in a plurality of ball entry portions. The rotating body does not shift the open / close ball means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball, and the open / close ball means is opened from the closed state based on the ball entry of the game ball And a second rotor passage for transitioning to the second. According to this, the opening and closing lottery means independently from the closing state of the opening and closing ball means without being affected by the crew having a plurality of ball entering portions to start the game of the specific control state when entering the game ball It can be lottery whether or not to shift to the open state. In addition, when making the opening and closing ball entry means transition from the closed state to the open state by entering the game ball having entered the plurality of ball entering portions into the second rotating body passage of the rotating body, The player changes the game state to the next specific control state by the game state transition means, and then enters the game ball into the first ball entry part by causing the open / close ball entry means to enter the game ball. It is possible to start the game in the specific control state in which the player is given a higher value than the game in the specific control state to be started. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B5 of the present invention group,
The opening and closing lottery means is
The drawing clone (second clan 56) having a drawing rolling surface (rolling surface 561) for rolling the game ball entered into the first ball entering portion and the second ball entering portion,
The lottery crew is
A plurality of lottery ball entry portions (each hole 563A to 563C) for being provided on the lottery rolling surface and having a game ball rolling on the lottery rolling surface enter.
The plurality of lottery ball entry units are
A first lottery ball receiving portion (each hole 563B, 563C) which does not shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on entering the game ball;
A game machine comprising a second lottery ball entry portion (hole 563A) for shifting the open / close ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball.

  According to the feature B7 of the present invention group, the opening and closing lottery means does not shift the opening and closing entering means from the closing state to the opening state based on entering the game ball, and the entering of the game ball The drawing clone including the second drawing ball entry unit for shifting the opening and closing means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball. According to this, the opening and closing lottery means is independently influenced without being influenced by the crew having the first ball entering portion and the second ball receiving portion which starts the game of the specific control state when the game ball enters the ball. It is possible to draw lots whether or not the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the closed state to the open state. In addition, the game ball which entered the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part is made to enter the second lottery ball entry part, the open / close ball entry means is shifted from the closed state to the open state In the case of letting the player move the gaming state to the next specific control state by the game state transition means, the player enters the game ball into the opening and closing ball entering means, to the first ball entering part. It is possible to start the game in the specific control state in which the player is given a higher value than the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features B1 to B7 of the group of the present invention,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-like member 513) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening and closing means;
And a second receiving portion (each lower blade member 515) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature B8 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming ball in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming ball in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

Feature B9.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features B1 to B8 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And said ball entering and closing means disposed in said first path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature B9 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of a predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Therefore, when the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the first route, the player changes the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state, and then the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means through the first path. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player shifts the gaming state to the specific control state before executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. It is possible to play the game in the hope of letting it happen.

Feature B10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features B1 to B8 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature B10 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is over, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Also, in the case where the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state before the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game with peace of mind.

  According to such a feature B group of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature C group>
Feature C1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Open / close ball entry means (non-electric role object 51) to shift to
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the starting entry means, the entry of the game ball flowing down the game area is enabled, and the opening and closing entry ball is based on the entry of the game ball. And a variable ball entry means (Clune 53C) for shifting the means from the closed state to the open state;
The gaming state transition means is
The specific control start means (playing state transition process) which starts the game of the specific control state upon entering the game ball to the open / close ball entering means and the variable ball entering means after shifting the game state to the specific control state A game machine characterized by comprising

  According to the feature C1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the starting entry means. And the player enters the game in the specific control state upon entering the game ball, so that the player changes the game state to the specific control state in the game state transition means. The game in the specific control state can be started by causing the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball. Also, when the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the variable ball entering means, the player takes the next game state with the game state transition means. After shifting to the specific control state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the opening and closing ball entering means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 of the present invention group,
The variable ball entry means is
The first ball entering section (each hole 533B, 533C) and the second ball entering section (hole 533A) for entering the ball into the game ball having entered the variable ball entry means,
The game state transition means starts the game in the specific control state when the game ball enters the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part,
The game of the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part starts the game when the game ball enters the first ball entry part A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a controlled game.

  According to the feature C2 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part enters the game ball into the first ball entry part. Since the player is given a higher value than the game in the specific control state starting on the ball, the player enters the game ball in the variable ball entry means to start the game in the specific control state. , I will expect to enter the second ball entry. Also, when the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the variable ball entering means, the player takes the next game state with the game state transition means. After shifting to the specific control state, the player enters the game ball into the opening / closing ball entering means, thereby making the player more valuable than the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry part. The game of the specific control state given to can be started. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C2 of the present invention group,
The specific control start means starts playing the game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out when the gaming balls enter the first ball entry part, and the opening / closing ball entering means and the second By starting the game in the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls upon entering the game balls into the ball entering unit, the game balls to the first ball entering unit A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state which starts upon entering a ball.

  According to the feature C3 of the present invention group, the entering of the gaming ball into the second entering portion can start the game in the specific control state in which the predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out, Entering the game ball into the second ball entry section starts the game in a specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls, thereby the game ball into the first ball entry section The player gives the player a higher value than the game in the specific control state which starts at the time of entering the ball, and therefore the player enters the second ball entry part when starting the game in the specific control state. It will be expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C3 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the game of the specific control state where a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, and the predetermined number of game balls are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting a game in the specific control state in which more gaming balls can be paid out.

  According to the feature C4 of the present invention group, the specific control start means sets a predetermined number of times of opening and closing of the opening and closing entering means at the time of entering the game ball into the first entering part. Start a game in a specific control state where balls can be paid out, and set the number of opening / closing operations of the opening / closing unit to a number more than a predetermined number when entering game balls into the opening / closing unit and the second ball entry unit Thus, the game of the specific control state in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state, to the second ball entrance Will expect to enter the Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features C2 to C4 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball entering means is provided with a clone (clone 53C) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the first ball entering portion and the second ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface, and game balls rolling on the rolling surface are caused to enter.

  According to the feature C5 of the present invention group, since the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface of the clune, the player enters the ball into the variable ball entry means I will pay attention to the whereabouts of the sphere. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features C1 to C5 of the group of the present invention,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-like member 513) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening and closing means;
And a second receiving portion (each lower blade member 515) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature C6 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming ball in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming ball in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features C1 to C6 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And said ball entering and closing means disposed in said first path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature C7 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is over, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Therefore, when the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the first route, the player changes the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state, and then the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means through the first path. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player shifts the gaming state to the specific control state before executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. It is possible to play the game in the hope of letting it happen.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features C1 to C6 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature C8 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is over, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Also, in the case where the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state before the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game with peace of mind.

  According to such a feature C group of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Opening and closing ball entry means (non-electric role thing 57) to shift to
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the starting entry means, the entry of the game ball flowing down the game area is enabled, and the opening and closing entry ball is based on the entry of the game ball. And a variable ball entry means (Clune 53D) for shifting the means from the closed state to the open state;
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
The specific control start means (playing state transition process) which starts the game of the specific control state upon entering the game ball to the open / close ball entering means and the variable ball entering means after shifting the game state to the specific control state A game machine characterized by comprising

  According to the feature D1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the starting entry means. And the player enters the game in the specific control state upon entering the game ball, so that the player changes the game state to the specific control state in the game state transition means. The game in the specific control state can be started by causing the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball. Also, when the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the variable ball entering means, the player takes the next game state with the game state transition means. After shifting to the specific control state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the opening and closing ball entering means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game. In addition, since the opening and closing entering means is disposed in the third path, the player can open and close by causing the starting entering means to launch the game ball in a different path from the case of entering the game ball. The game ball can be made to enter the ball means. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intention, and can make the player play the game comfortably.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 of the present invention group,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature D2 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is over, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. In addition, since the opening and closing entering means is disposed in the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entry means from the closed state to the open state, and then executes the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. Therefore, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game at ease.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 or the feature D2 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The first ball entering section (each hole 533B, 533C) and the second ball entering section (hole 533A) for entering the ball into the game ball having entered the variable ball entry means,
The specific control start means starts the game in the specific control state when the game ball enters the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part,
The game of the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part starts the game when the game ball enters the first ball entry part A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a controlled game.

  According to the feature group D3 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means and the second ball entry part enters the game ball into the first ball entry part. Since the player is given a higher value than the game in the specific control state starting on the ball, the player enters the game ball in the variable ball entry means to start the game in the specific control state. , I will expect to enter the second ball entry. Also, when the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the variable ball entering means, the player takes the next game state with the game state transition means. After shifting to the specific control state, the player enters the game ball into the opening / closing ball entering means, thereby making the player more valuable than the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the first ball entry part. The game of the specific control state given to can be started. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D3 of the present invention group,
The specific control start means starts playing the game in the specific control state in which a predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out when the gaming balls enter the first ball entry part, and the opening / closing ball entering means and the second By starting the game in the specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls upon entering the game balls into the ball entering unit, the game balls to the first ball entering unit A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than a game in the specific control state which starts upon entering a ball.

  According to the feature D4 of the present invention group, entering of the gaming ball into the second entering part can start playing a game in a specific control state in which a predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out Entering the game ball into the second ball entry section starts the game in a specific control state in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls, thereby the game ball into the first ball entry section The player gives the player a higher value than the game in the specific control state which starts at the time of entering the ball, and therefore the player enters the second ball entry part when starting the game in the specific control state. It will be expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D4 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the game of the specific control state where a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, and the predetermined number of game balls are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting a game in the specific control state in which more gaming balls can be paid out.

  According to the feature D5 of the present invention group, the specific control start means sets the number of times of opening and closing of the opening and closing entering means to a predetermined number when entering the game ball into the first entering part, thereby making the predetermined number of games Start a game in a specific control state where balls can be paid out, and set the number of opening / closing operations of the opening / closing unit to a number more than a predetermined number when entering game balls into the opening / closing unit and the second ball entry unit Thus, the game of the specific control state in which more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out is started, so when the player starts the game of the specific control state, to the second ball entrance Will expect to enter the Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features D3 to D5 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball entering means includes a clone (clone 53D) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the first ball entering portion and the second ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface, and game balls rolling on the rolling surface are caused to enter.

  According to the feature D6 of the present invention group, since the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface of the crew, the player enters the ball into the variable ball entry means I will pay attention to the whereabouts of the sphere. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features D1 to D8 of the group of the present invention,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each wing member 571) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening / closing ball entry means;
And a second receiving portion (second arm portion 576C) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature D7 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming ball in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming ball in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

  According to such a feature D group of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature E group>
Feature E1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Open / close ball entry means (non-electric role object 51) to shift to
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the start entry means, the variable ball entry means (clone 53E) which enables entry of the game ball flowing down the game area ,
The variable ball entry means is
The first ball entering portion (holes 533 B and 533 C) which enables the game ball having entered the variable ball entering means to enter the ball and does not shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entering the game ball. )When,
The second ball entering portion (hole 533A) which makes it possible to enter the game ball having entered the variable ball entry means, and shift the open / close ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball Equipped with
The gaming state transition means is
After the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the specific control state occurs when the game ball enters either the opening / closing ball entry means, the first ball entry part, or the second ball entry part. Specific control start means (playing state transition process) to start the game of
The game in the specific control state is
With the first specific game (4 round games),
Providing a second specific game (16 round games) for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game;
The specific control start means starts one of the first specific game and the second specific game when the game ball enters the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature E1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting entering means. The player is provided with a first ball entry unit and a second ball entry unit that cause the game in a specific control state to be started when the game ball enters the game ball. After the game state is transferred to the specific control state by the game state transition means, the game in the specific control state is started by causing the game ball to enter the first ball entry part or the second ball entry part. Can. In addition, the second ball entering section changes the open / close ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, so that the player can control the next game state by the game state shift means After shifting to the state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the open / close ball entering means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

  In addition, the game in the specific control state comprises a first specific game and a second specific game for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control start means is a first entry. Since the game starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering the game ball into the ball section and the second ball entry section, the player enters the game ball into the variable ball entry means. In the case of starting the game in the specific control state by causing the game to start, it is expected to start the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E1 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing entering means is the second specific game.

  According to the feature E2 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state starting upon entering the game ball into the opening / closing ball entry means is the second specific game, so the game ball to the second ball entry part When the open / close ball means is shifted from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry, the player changes the game state to the next specific control state by the game state shift means, and then the open / close ball enters By causing the game ball to enter the means, it is possible to start a second specified game in which the player is given a higher value than the first specified game. In addition, when the player enters the game in the specific control state by causing the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball, the player expects the ball to enter the second ball entry portion, and We will expect the start of 2 specific games. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E3.
In the game machine described in feature E1 or feature E2 of the present invention group,
The game state transition means executes a lottery for selecting the first specific game and the second specific game, thereby making it possible for the game ball to the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part A game machine characterized by setting the first specified game and the second specified game which are started upon entering a ball.

  According to the feature E3 of the present invention group, the gaming state transition means executes the lottery to select the first specified game and the second specified game, thereby the first ball entering part and the second ball entering part Since the first specified game and the second specified game to be started upon entering the game ball to the game are set, the player looks at the result of the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. It will be. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E1 to E3 of the present invention group,
The specific control start means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which a larger number of game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature E4 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the second one in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. Since the specific game is started, the player expects the start of the second specific game when starting the game in the specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E4 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the first specific game which can pay out the predetermined number of game balls is started, and the predetermined number of games are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting the second specified game in which more gaming balls can be paid out than balls.

  According to the feature E5 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the open / close frequency of the open / close ball entering means to the predetermined number By setting the number of opening and closing times of the ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number, the second specific game which can pay out more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls is started. When starting a state game, the start of the second specific game is expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E1 to E5 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball receiving means is provided with a clone (clone 53E) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the first ball entering portion and the second ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface, and game balls rolling on the rolling surface are caused to enter.

  According to the feature E6 of the present invention group, since the first ball entry part and the second ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface of the clune, the player enters the ball into the variable ball entry means I will pay attention to the whereabouts of the sphere. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E1 to E6 of the group of the present invention,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-like member 513) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening and closing means;
And a second receiving portion (each lower blade member 515) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature E7 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming ball in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming ball in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E1 to E7 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And said ball entering and closing means disposed in said first path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature E8 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state ends, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Therefore, when the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the first route, the player changes the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state, and then the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means through the first path. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player shifts the gaming state to the specific control state before executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. It is possible to play the game in the hope of letting it happen.

Feature E9.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features E1 to E7 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature E9 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state ends, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Also, in the case where the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state before the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game with peace of mind.

  According to such a feature E group of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature F group>
Feature F1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Open / close ball entry means (non-electric role object 51) to shift to
A variable ball entry means (clone 53A and a first crowne) that enables the game ball to flow down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means 55) and,
The variable ball entry means is
A ball entry unit (each hole 533A to 533C, 553A, 553B) for entering the game ball that has entered the variable entry means;
And opening and closing lottery means (rotary body 537, receiving tray 538, and second crane 56) for executing a lottery on the opening and closing ball entering means on the basis of the game ball entering the ball entering portion;
The gaming state transition means is
The specific control start means (game state (game state) which starts the game in the specific control state when the game ball enters the open / close ball entering means and the ball entering part after shifting the game state to the specific control state Migration process),
The game in the specific control state is
With the first specific game (4 round games),
Providing a second specific game (16 round games) for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A game machine characterized in that the specific control start means starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering a game ball into the ball entry unit.

  According to the feature F1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting entering means. Since the variable ball entering means is provided with a ball entering portion for starting the game in the specific control state when the game ball enters the ball, the player can play the game state by the game state shifting means. After shifting to the specific control state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the ball entry portion to enter the game ball. Further, since the variable entering means is provided with the opening and closing drawing means for executing the drawing on the opening and closing entering means based on the entry of the game ball to the entering part, for example, the drawing performed by the opening and closing drawing means When the player switches from the closed state to the open state, the player changes the game state to the next specific control state by the game state transition means, and then switches to the open / close ball means. By entering the game ball, it is possible to start the game in the specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

  In addition, the game in the specific control state is provided with a first specific game and a second specific game for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control start means is to the ball entry part Since either the first specific game or the second specific game is started when the game ball enters the game ball, the player enters the game ball in the variable ball entry means, thereby playing the game in the specific control state. In the case of starting, it is expected to start the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F2.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Open / close ball entry means (non-electric role object 51) to shift to
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the starting entry means, the entry of the game ball flowing down the game area is enabled, and the opening and closing entry ball is based on the entry of the game ball. And a variable ball entry means (Clune 53C) for shifting the means from the closed state to the open state;
The gaming state transition means is
The specific control start means (playing state transition process) which starts the game of the specific control state upon entering the game ball to the open / close ball entering means and the variable ball entering means after shifting the game state to the specific control state Equipped with
The game in the specific control state is
With the first specific game (4 round games),
Providing a second specific game (16 round games) for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A game machine characterized in that the specific control start means starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering a game ball into the variable ball entry means.

  According to the feature F2 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting entering means. And the player enters the game in the specific control state upon entering the game ball, so that the player changes the game state to the specific control state in the game state transition means. The game in the specific control state can be started by causing the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball. Also, when the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the closed state to the open state by causing the game ball to enter the variable ball entering means, the player takes the next game state with the game state transition means. After shifting to the specific control state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the opening and closing ball entering means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

  In addition, the game in the specific control state comprises a first specific game and a second specific game for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control start means is a variable ball entry means Since one of the first specific game and the second specific game is started when the game ball enters the game ball, the player enters the game ball into the variable ball entry means, thereby controlling the game in the specific control state. In order to start the game, it is expected to start the second specific game. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature F1 or the feature F2 of the group of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing entering means is the second specific game.

  According to the feature F3 of the present invention group, since the game of the specific control state starting upon entering the game ball into the opening / closing ball entry means is the second specific game, the entry of the game ball into the variable entry ball means When the opening and closing means is shifted from the closed state to the open state based on the ball, the player shifts the gaming state to the next specific control state by the gaming state transition means, and then switches to the opening and closing ball entering means. By causing the game balls to enter, it is possible to start a second specific game in which the player is given a higher value than the first specific game. Also, the player expects the start of the second specific game when starting the game in the specific control state by causing the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F4.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F1 to F3 of the present invention group,
The game state transition means starts the game when the game ball enters the variable entering means by executing a lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. A game machine characterized by setting a game and the second specific game.

  According to the feature F4 of the present invention group, the gaming state transition means starts upon entering the game ball into the variable entering means by executing the lottery for selecting the first specific game and the second specific game. Since the first specified game and the second specified game to be set are set, the player pays attention to the result of the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F1 to F4 of the group of the present invention,
The specific control start means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which a larger number of game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature F5 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the second one in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. Since the specific game is started, the player expects the start of the second specific game when starting the game in the specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature F5 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the first specific game which can pay out the predetermined number of game balls is started, and the predetermined number of games are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting the second specified game in which more gaming balls can be paid out than balls.

  According to the feature F6 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the open / close frequency of the open / close ball entering means to the predetermined number By setting the number of opening and closing times of the ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number, the second specific game which can pay out more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls is started. When starting a state game, the start of the second specific game is expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F1 to F6 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
A plurality of ball entry sections (each hole 533A to 533C, 553A, 553B) for entering the game balls that have entered the variable entry means;
The variable ball entering means is provided with a clone (clone 53A, clone 53C, and first clone 55) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the plurality of ball entering portions are provided on the rolling surface and allow a game ball rolling on the rolling surface to enter.

  According to the feature F7 of the present invention group, since the plurality of ball entry portions are provided on the rolling surface of the clune, the player pays attention to the whereabouts of the game ball entered in the variable ball entry means. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature F8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F1 to F7 of the group of the present invention,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-like member 513) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening and closing means;
And a second receiving portion (each lower blade member 515) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature F8 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming ball in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming ball in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

Feature F9.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F1 to E8 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And said ball entering and closing means disposed in said first path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature F9 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Therefore, when the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the first route, the player changes the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state, and then the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means through the first path. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player shifts the gaming state to the specific control state before executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. It is possible to play the game in the hope of letting it happen.

Feature F10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features F1 to F8 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature F10 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of a predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Also, in the case where the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state before the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game with peace of mind.

  According to such a feature F group of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature G group>
Feature G1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has a variable ball entry means (clone 53E) that enables the game balls flowing down the game area to enter based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the starting ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A specific ball entering portion (round game execution gate) which enables the player to enter the game ball having entered the variable ball entry means and controls the game in the specific control state based on the ball entry of the game ball;
The game ball having entered the variable ball entering means is capable of entering a ball, and a non-specific ball entry unit (replay gate) not controlling the game in the specific control state based on the ball entry of the game ball is characterized. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature G1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the starting entry means. Since the variable ball entering means is provided with a specific ball entering unit for controlling the game in the specific control state when the game ball is pitched, the player can play the game state by the game state shifting means. The game in the specific control state can be controlled by causing the specific ball entry unit to enter the game ball after shifting to the specific control state. Further, since the non-specific insertion part does not control the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the game ball, the player can cause the variable entry means to enter the game ball again. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G1 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that the non-specific insertion part executes the payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball.

  According to the feature G2 of the present invention group, the non-specific insertion unit executes payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball, so the player changes the game state to the specific control state by the game state transition means. After shifting, the game ball can be increased without controlling the game in the specific control state by causing the game ball to enter the non-specific ball entry unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G1 or the feature G2 of the group of the present invention,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Equipped with open / close ball entry means (non-motorized role 51)
The gaming state transition means is
The game machine is provided with specific control start means (game state transition processing) for starting the game in the specific control state upon entering the game ball into the specific ball entry part after shifting the gaming state to the specific control state,
The variable ball entry means is
The non-specific ball entering part which makes it possible to enter the game ball having entered the variable ball entering means, and does not shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball;
The game ball having entered the variable ball entering means is capable of entering a ball, and the specific ball entering part is configured to shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball. A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature group G3 of the present invention group, the specific ball entering unit switches the closed / open ball unit from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball, so the player plays the game in the game state transition unit. After shifting the state to the next specific control state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the open / close ball entry means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G1 or the feature G2 of the group of the present invention,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Equipped with open / close ball entry means (non-motorized role 51)
The gaming state transition means is
The game machine is provided with specific control start means (game state transition processing) for starting the game in the specific control state upon entering the game ball into the specific ball entry part after shifting the gaming state to the specific control state,
The variable ball entry means is
It is possible to enter a game ball that has entered the variable entry means, and the specific entry section that does not shift the open / close entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball.
The game ball having entered the variable ball entering means is capable of entering a ball, and the non-specific ball entering part is configured to shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball. A game machine that features it.

  According to the feature G4 of the present invention group, the non-specific insertion section shifts the open / close ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball. By causing the game ball to enter the game ball, it is possible to start the game in the specific control state without causing the game ball to enter the specific ball entry unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G3 or the feature G4 of the group of the present invention,
The game in the specific control state is
With the first specific game (4 round games),
Providing a second specific game (16 round games) for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A game machine characterized in that the specific control start means starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering a game ball into the specified ball entry part.

  According to the feature G5 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state includes the first specific game and the second specific game for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control Since the start means starts one of the first specific game and the second specific game upon entering the gaming ball into the specific ball entry part, the player causes the specific ball entry part to enter the game ball. Thus, when starting the game in the specific control state, the start of the second specific game is expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G5 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing entering means is the second specific game.

  According to the feature group G6 of the present invention group, since the game of the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means is the second specific game, the opening / closing ball entry means is opened from the closing state In the case of shifting to the second game, the player starts the second specified game in which the player is given a higher value than the first specified game by causing the opening / closing means to enter the game ball. be able to. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G5 or the feature G6 of the group of the present invention,
The game state transition means starts the game when the game ball enters the specified ball entry section by executing a lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. A game machine characterized by setting a game and the second specific game.

  According to the feature G7 of the present invention group, the gaming state transition means starts upon entering the gaming ball into the specific ball entry section by executing the lottery for selecting the first specific game and the second specific game. Since the first specified game and the second specified game to be set are set, the player pays attention to the result of the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G5 to G7 of the present invention group,
The specific control start means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which a larger number of game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature G8 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and the second one in which more game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. Since the specific game is started, the player expects the start of the second specific game when starting the game in the specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature G8 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the first specific game which can pay out the predetermined number of game balls is started, and the predetermined number of games are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting the second specified game in which more gaming balls can be paid out than balls.

  According to the feature group G9 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the open / close frequency of the open / close ball entering means to the predetermined number By setting the number of opening and closing times of the ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number, the second specific game which can pay out more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls is started. When starting a state game, the start of the second specific game is expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature G10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G9 of the present invention group,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-like member 513) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening and closing means;
And a second receiving portion (each lower blade member 515) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature G10 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming ball in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming ball in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

Feature G11.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G10 of the present invention group,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And said ball entering and closing means disposed in said first path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature G11 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Therefore, when the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the first route, the player changes the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state, and then the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means through the first path. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player shifts the gaming state to the specific control state before executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. It is possible to play the game in the hope of letting it happen.

Feature G12.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G10 of the present invention group,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature G12 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Also, in the case where the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state before the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game with peace of mind.

Feature G13.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G1 to G12 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball receiving means is provided with a clone (clone 53E) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the specified ball entering portion and the non-specified ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface, and game balls rolling on the rolling surface are allowed to enter.

  According to the feature G13 of the present invention group, since the specific ball entry part and the non-specific ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface of the clave, the player goes to the game ball entering the variable ball entry means Will pay attention to Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature G group of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature H group>
Feature H1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. Based on the result of the starting ball entry means to be executed (upper operating opening 36 and the lower operating port 37) and the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball to the starting ball entry means, a specific advantageous to the player A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) including gaming state transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning the gaming state to the control state,
It has a variable ball entry means (clone 53E) that enables the game balls flowing down the game area to enter based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game balls into the starting ball entry means,
The variable ball entry means is
A specific ball entering portion (round game execution gate) which enables the player to enter the game ball having entered the variable ball entry means and controls the game in the specific control state based on the ball entry of the game ball;
The game ball entered into the variable ball entry means can enter the ball, and the game in the specific control state is performed based on the ball entry of the game ball so as to be different from the control of the game in the specific control state by the specific ball entry unit A gaming machine comprising: a non-specific ball entry unit (replay gate) for controlling the game device.

  According to the feature H1 of the present invention group, the gaming machine is capable of entering the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the gaming ball into the starting entering means. Since the variable ball entering means is provided with a specific ball entering unit for executing the game in the specific control state when the game ball enters the ball, the player can play the game state by the game state shifting means. The game in the specific control state can be controlled by causing the specific ball entry unit to enter the game ball after shifting to the specific control state. In addition, since the non-specific insertion part controls the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the game ball so as to be different from the control of the game in the specific control state by the specific insertion part, the player can After shifting the gaming state to the specific control state by the transition means, the specific control is different from the control of the game in the specific control state by the specific ball entry portion by causing the non-specific ball entry portion to enter the gaming ball. It is possible to control the game of the state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H1 of the present invention group,
The gaming state transition means is
The game machine is provided with specific control start means (game state transition processing) for starting the game in the specific control state upon entering the game ball into the specific ball entry part after shifting the gaming state to the specific control state,
The game in the specific control state is
With the first specific game (4 round games),
Providing a second specific game (16 round games) for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game;
A game machine characterized in that the specific control start means starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering a game ball into the specified ball entry part.

  According to the feature H2 of the present invention group, the game in the specific control state comprises the first specific game and the second specific game for providing the player with a higher value than the first specific game, and the specific control Since the start means starts one of the first specific game and the second specific game upon entering the game ball into the specific ball entry unit, the player causes the variable ball entry means to enter the game ball. Thus, when starting the game in the specific control state, the start of the second specific game is expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H2 of the present invention group,
The game state transition means starts the game when the game ball enters the specified ball entry section by executing a lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. By setting a game and the second specified game, and executing a re-lottery to select the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering the game ball into the non-specified slot, A game machine characterized by resetting the first specified game and the second specified game which are started when the game ball enters the specified ball storage unit.

  According to the feature H3 of the present invention group, the gaming state transition means starts upon entering the game ball into the specific ball entry section by executing the lottery for selecting the first specific game and the second specific game. Since the first specified game and the second specified game to be set are set, the player pays attention to the result of the lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. In addition, the game state transition means executes the re-lottery selecting the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering the game ball into the non-specified ball storage unit, thereby performing the game for the specified ball storage unit Since the first specified game and the second specified game that are started upon ball entry are reset, the player enters the first specified game and the second specified game by causing the non-specified entry section to enter the game ball. It is possible to change the result of the lottery for selecting 2 specific games. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H4.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H1 to H3 of the present invention group,
The specific control start means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which a larger number of game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature H4 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of gaming balls can be paid out, and the second one in which more gaming balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of gaming balls Since the specific game is started, the player expects the start of the second specific game when starting the game in the specific control state. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H4 of the present invention group,
An open state for entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and a closed state for not entering a game ball flowing down the gaming area, and an opening / closing ball for paying out a predetermined game ball when entering the game ball Means (variable winning device 38),
The specific control start means is
After setting the open and close ball means in the open state, until it is set in the close state again is one game of the specific control state (round game), and the open and close number of the open and close ball means is set to a predetermined number Thus, the first specific game which can pay out the predetermined number of game balls is started, and the predetermined number of games are set by setting the number of opening and closing of the opening and closing means to a number more than the predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by starting the second specified game in which more gaming balls can be paid out than balls.

  According to the feature H5 of the present invention group, the specific control start means starts the first specific game in which the predetermined number of game balls can be paid out by setting the open / close frequency of the open / close ball entering means to the predetermined number By setting the number of opening and closing times of the ball entering means to a number more than the predetermined number, the second specific game which can pay out more game balls than the predetermined number of game balls is started. When starting a state game, the start of the second specific game is expected. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H1 to H5 of the group of the present invention,
A game machine characterized in that the non-specific insertion part executes the payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball.

  According to the feature H6 of the present invention group, since the non-specific insertion unit executes payout of the game ball based on the entry of the game ball, the player changes the game state to the specific control state by the game state transition means. After shifting, the game ball can be increased without starting the game in the specific control state by causing the game ball to enter the non-specific ball entry unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H1 to H6 of the group of the present invention,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Equipped with open / close ball entry means (non-motorized role 51)
The variable ball entry means is
The non-specific ball entering part which makes it possible to enter the game ball having entered the variable ball entering means, and does not shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball;
The game ball having entered the variable ball entering means is capable of entering a ball, and the specific ball entering part is configured to shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball. A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature H7 of the present invention group, the specific ball entering section changes the closed / open ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball, so the player plays the game in the game state transition means After shifting the state to the next specific control state, the game in the specific control state can be started by causing the open / close ball entry means to enter the game ball. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H8.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H1 to H6 of the group of the present invention,
It has an open state in which the game ball flowing down the game area enters and a closed state in which the game ball flowing down the game area does not enter, and the closed state from the open state based on entering the game ball into itself Equipped with open / close ball entry means (non-motorized role 51)
The variable ball entry means is
It is possible to enter a game ball that has entered the variable entry means, and the specific entry section that does not shift the open / close entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball.
The game ball having entered the variable ball entering means is capable of entering a ball, and the non-specific ball entering part is configured to shift the open / close ball entering means from the closed state to the open state based on the ball entry of the game ball. A game machine that features it.

  According to the feature H8 of the present invention group, the non-specific insertion section shifts the open / close ball entry means from the closed state to the open state based on the entry of the game ball. By causing the game ball to enter the game ball, it is possible to start the game in the specific control state without causing the game ball to enter the specific ball entry unit. Therefore, the gaming machine can widen the player's options, and can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature H7 or the feature H8 of the group of the present invention,
A gaming machine characterized in that the game in the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing entering means is the second specific game.

  According to the feature H9 of the present invention group, since the game of the specific control state which starts when the game ball enters the opening / closing ball entry means is the second specific game, the opening / closing ball entry means is opened from the closing state In the case of shifting to the second game, the player starts the second specified game in which the player is given a higher value than the first specified game by causing the opening / closing means to enter the game ball. be able to. Therefore, the gaming machine can further improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature H10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H7 to H9 of the group of the present invention,
Said opening and closing ball entry means is
A first receiving portion (each plate-like member 513) for receiving the game ball having entered the opening and closing means;
And a second receiving portion (each lower blade member 515) for receiving the game ball entered into the second ball entry portion,
By receiving the game ball in the first receiving portion, it shifts from the open state to the closed state, and by receiving the game ball in the second receiving portion, it shifts from the closed state to the open state A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature H10 of the present invention group, the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state by receiving the gaming balls in the first receiving part, and receives the gaming balls in the second receiving part Thus, since the closed state is shifted to the open state, the open / close state can be shifted using only the weight of the gaming ball without requiring other power such as power.

Feature H11.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H7 to H10 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And said ball entering and closing means disposed in said first path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature H11 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Therefore, when the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the first route, the player changes the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state, and then the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Unless the game state is shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means through the first path. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means is shifted from the open state to the closed state, the player shifts the gaming state to the specific control state before executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times. It is possible to play the game in the hope of letting it happen.

Feature H12.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H7 to H10 of the group of the present invention,
The starting ball entry means is
A first starting ball receiving portion (upper operating port 36) and a second starting ball receiving portion (lower operating port 37);
The gaming machine is
A first path (left-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit;
A second path (right-handed route) that makes it easy to generate game balls into the second starting ball unit and hard to generate game balls into the first starting ball unit;
And the ball opening / closing means disposed on a third path (weakening path) different from the first path and the second path,
The gaming state transition means is
A first gaming state (low frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is lower than that of the first starting ball part;
A second gaming state (high frequency support mode) in which the probability of entering the second starting ball part is higher than that of the first starting ball part;
Game state switching means (main control device 60) for switching the first game state and the second game state;
The game state switching means switches from the first game state to the second game state after finishing the game in the specific control state, and after executing the internal lottery a predetermined number of times, the second game state A game machine characterized by switching from the first game state to the first game state.

  According to the feature H12 of the present invention group, after the game in the specific control state is finished, until the internal lottery of the predetermined number of times is executed (until the second game state is switched to the first game state) The internal lottery can be executed by causing the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry unit via the second route. Thereafter, since it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entry part via the second route, the player causes the game ball to enter the first starting ball entry part via the first route. Internal lottery can be executed. Also, in the case where the opening and closing entering means is disposed on the third route, the player moves the opening and closing entering means from the closed state to the open state before the internal lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Even if the game state is not shifted to the specific control state, the game ball is not caused to enter the opening and closing ball entering means. In this case, since the open / close ball entering means does not shift from the open state to the closed state, the player can play the game with peace of mind.

Feature H13.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features H1 to H12 of the group of the present invention,
The variable ball entry means is
The variable ball receiving means is provided with a clone (clone 53E) having a rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the ball,
A game machine characterized in that the specified ball entering portion and the non-specified ball entering portion are provided on the rolling surface, and game balls rolling on the rolling surface are allowed to enter.

  According to the feature H13 of the present invention group, since the specific ball entry part and the non-specific ball entry part are provided on the rolling surface of the crane, the player goes to the game ball entering the variable ball entry means Will pay attention to Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to the feature H group of the present invention, the player's choice can be expanded, and the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problems can be solved. .

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature I group>
Feature I1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising a lottery entry means (upper operating port 36 and lower operating port 37) to be executed,
A variable ball entry means (variable ball entry mechanism 52H) that enables the game ball to flow down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the lottery ball entry means Equipped with
The variable ball entry means is
An open / close valve (open / close valve 526) which has an open state for passing the gaming ball having entered the variable ball entry means and a closed state for not passing the ball, and switches the open state and the closed state;
The first route (execution gate route) for guiding the game ball having passed through the on-off valve to the first flow passage (the downstream guide passage 522b) and the second flow passage (downstream) different from the first flow passage And a route switching valve (plate 523a) for switching the first route and the second route, having a second route (krone route) guiding to the side guide passage 522c).
A first ball entry possible state in which gaming balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter so as to pass through the on-off valve when switched to the first route by the route switching valve (execution The game ball which flows down the game area so as to pass through the on-off valve when the gate is switched to the second route by the route switching valve) and the route switching valve is set to be enterable And a ball entry possible state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the two ball entry possible states (clune ball entry possible state).

  According to the feature I1 of the present invention group, the ball entry possible state switching means switches the first ball entry possible state and the second ball entry possible state, and the first ball entry possible state is the route switching valve. The game ball flowing down the game area is set to be enterable so as to pass through the on-off valve when it is switched to the first route, and in the second enterable state, the second on the route switching valve The game ball flowing down the game area is set to be enterable so as to pass through the on-off valve when it is switched to the route. Therefore, since the player pays attention to the timing at which the on-off valve is switched to the open state, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature I2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I1 of the present invention group,
The ball entering possible state switching means is capable of entering the first ball entering possible state and the second ball entering possible state on the basis of the result of the internal lottery performed based on the game ball entering the lottery ball entering means. A gaming machine characterized by switching states.

  According to the feature I2 of the present invention group, the enterable state switching means is configured to select the first enterable state and the first enterable state based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the ball entry of the gaming ball to the lottery entrance means. Since the second entering possible state is switched, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball to the lottery entering means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature I3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature I1 or the feature I2 of the group of the present invention,
The first route imparts a predetermined value to the player by guiding the gaming ball to the first flow path, and the second route guides the gaming ball to the second flow path A gaming machine characterized by providing a player with a higher value than the first flow path.

  According to the feature I3 of the present invention group, since the second route gives the player higher value than the first flow passage by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow passage, the player can It is expected to be switched to the second ball entry possible state by the ball entry possible state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature I group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

<Feature J group>
Feature J1.
The launch means (launch handle 27) for launching game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board and the game balls flowing down the game area can be entered, and an internal lottery is made when entering the game balls. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising a lottery entry means (upper operating port 36 and lower operating port 37) to be executed,
A variable ball entry means (variable ball entry mechanism 52H) that enables the game ball to flow down the gaming area based on the result of the internal lottery executed based on the entry of the game ball into the lottery ball entry means Equipped with
The variable ball entry means is
The first route (execution gate route) for guiding the gaming ball having entered the variable entry means to the first channel (the downstream guide passage 522b) and the second channel different from the first channel And a route switching valve (plate 523a) for switching the first route and the second route, and a second route (krone route) for guiding the route (downstream guide passage 522c).
The first route provides a player with a value over a predetermined time by guiding gaming balls to the first flow passage, and the second route is played on the second flow passage A gaming machine characterized by giving a value to a player for a longer time than the first route by guiding a ball.

  According to the feature J1 of the present invention group, the first route imparts a value to the player over a predetermined time by guiding the gaming ball to the first channel, and the second route is When the player is switched to the first route by the route switching valve, since the player takes longer time than the first route by guiding the gaming ball to the second channel. In this case, it is possible to advance to the next game slightly, and when it is switched to the second route, you can enjoy the game thoroughly. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature J2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature J1 of the present invention group,
The variable ball entry means is
A rolling surface (rolling surface 531) for rolling the gaming ball having entered the variable ball entry means;
A clone (clone 53) having a ball entry portion (each hole 533A to 533C) which is provided on the rolling surface and into which game balls rolling on the rolling surface enter.
A game machine characterized in that the second route guides the game ball to the rolling surface of the clune by guiding the game ball to the second flow path.

  According to the feature J2 of the present invention group, since the second route guides the gaming ball to the rolling surface of the clune by guiding the gaming ball to the second flow passage, the first flow passage to the player A longer time can be taken to give value, and the player will pay attention to the whereabouts of the game ball entered in the variable entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature J3.
In the game machine described in the feature J1 or the feature J2 of the present invention group,
The variable ball entry means is
An open / close valve (open / close valve 526) which has an open state for passing the gaming ball having entered the variable ball entry means and a closed state for not passing the ball, and switches the open state and the closed state;
The route switching valve for guiding the game ball having passed through the on-off valve to the first flow path or the second flow path;
A first ball entry possible state in which gaming balls flowing down the game area are allowed to enter so as to pass through the on-off valve when switched to the first route by the route switching valve (execution The game ball which flows down the game area so as to pass through the on-off valve when the gate is switched to the second route by the route switching valve) and the route switching valve is set to be enterable And a ball entry possible state switching means (main control device 60) for switching between the two ball entry possible states (clune ball entry possible state).

  According to the feature J3 of the present invention group, the ball entry possible state switching means switches the first ball entry possible state and the second ball entry possible state, and the first ball entry possible state is the route switching valve. The game ball flowing down the game area is set to be enterable so as to pass through the on-off valve when switched to the first route, and opened and closed when switched to the second route by the route switching valve The game ball which flows down the game area so as to pass the valve is set to be enterable. Therefore, since the player pays attention to the timing at which the on-off valve is switched to the open state, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

  According to such a feature J group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problems can be solved.

  Conventionally, the game ball is provided with a firing means for firing the game ball toward the game area formed on the front of the game board, and the game ball enters the actuation opening (starting ball entry means), thereby making an internal lottery such as a big hit lottery. A gaming machine to execute is known. The gaming machine shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.

  However, after the gaming machine shifts the gaming state to the specific control state, the same flow is followed regardless of whether or not the player's action is intervened, and the game in the specific control state is started. After shifting the gaming state, a series of flows until starting the game in the specific control state become monotonous, and there is a problem that the player's attention to the game decreases.

  As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines.

  10: Pachinko machine, 35: general winning opening, 36: upper operating opening, 37: lower operating opening, 38: variable winning device, 38a: large winning opening, 38b: opening and closing door, 38c: variable winning driving unit, 39: out Mouth 47 symbol display device 60 main controller 62 MPU 90 sound emission control device 92 MPU 100 display control device 102 MPU.

Claims (4)

Launching means for firing game balls toward the game area formed in front of the game board, and game balls which flow down the game area can be entered, and start entering balls for executing an internal lottery when entering the game balls A game state transition means for transitioning the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player based on the result of the internal lottery performed based on the entering of the game ball into the start-in ball entering means; Machine,
The game apparatus further comprises variable ball entering means capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area based on the result of an internal lottery executed based on the game ball entering the starting ball entering means;
The variable ball entry means is
It is possible to enter a game ball that has entered the variable entry means, and a specific entry unit that controls the game in the specific control state based on the entry of the game ball,
The game ball entered into the variable ball entry means can enter the ball, and the game in the specific control state is performed based on the ball entry of the game ball so as to be different from the control of the game in the specific control state by the specific ball entry unit A gaming machine comprising: a non-specific ball entry unit for controlling the game device. In the gaming machine according to claim 1,
The gaming state transition means is
The game machine further comprises specific control start means for starting the game in the specific control state upon entering the game ball into the specific ball entry part after shifting the gaming state to the specific control state,
The game in the specific control state is
The first specific game,
And a second specific game for giving the player a higher value than the first specific game.
A game machine characterized in that the specific control start means starts one of the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering a game ball into the specified ball entry part. In the gaming machine according to claim 2,
The game state transition means starts the game when the game ball enters the specified ball entry section by executing a lottery for selecting the first specified game and the second specified game. By setting a game and the second specified game, and executing a re-lottery to select the first specified game and the second specified game upon entering the game ball into the non-specified slot, A game machine characterized by resetting the first specified game and the second specified game which are started when the game ball enters the specified ball storage unit. The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
The specific control start means starts the first specific game in which a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out, and starts the second specific game in which a larger number of game balls can be paid out than the predetermined number of game balls. A game machine characterized by

Images